Dell Networking Command-Line Reference Guide for the Z9500 Switch 9.13.0.0 December 2017 Rev.
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your product. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright © 2018 Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. Dell, EMC, and other trademarks are trademarks of Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries.
Contents Chapter 1: About this Guide......................................................................................................... 41 Objectives............................................................................................................................................................................ 41 Audience.............................................................................................................................................................................
clear trace........................................................................................................................................................................... 88 configure............................................................................................................................................................................. 88 debug cpu-traffic-stats.....................................................................................................................
show util-threshold cpu................................................................................................................................................. 150 show util-threshold memory.......................................................................................................................................... 151 system location-led.......................................................................................................................................................
show cam-acl-vlan....................................................................................................................................................203 show cam-usage....................................................................................................................................................... 204 show running config acl-vlan-group.....................................................................................................................
set next-hop...............................................................................................................................................................250 set origin...................................................................................................................................................................... 251 set tag.....................................................................................................................................................
Chapter 7: Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD)................................................................ 287 bfd all-neighbors..............................................................................................................................................................287 bfd disable........................................................................................................................................................................ 289 bfd enable (Configuration)...
clear ip bgp................................................................................................................................................................. 325 clear ip bgp dampening............................................................................................................................................326 clear ip bgp flap-statistics.......................................................................................................................................
redistribute..................................................................................................................................................................372 redistribute ospf........................................................................................................................................................ 373 router bgp......................................................................................................................................................
address family ipv6 unicast.....................................................................................................................................423 aggregate-address....................................................................................................................................................424 bgp always-compare-med.......................................................................................................................................
neighbor fall-over...................................................................................................................................................... 449 neighbor filter-list......................................................................................................................................................449 neighbor maximum-prefix.......................................................................................................................................
Chapter 9: Content Addressable Memory (CAM)....................................................................... 474 CAM Profile Commands................................................................................................................................................ 474 cam-acl (Configuration).......................................................................................................................................... 474 cam-acl-egress............................................
show interface dcbx detail...................................................................................................................................... 510 dcb-map.............................................................................................................................................................................512 dcb-map sfm all backplane all .....................................................................................................................................
show hardware system-flow.................................................................................................................................. 565 show hardware vlan-counters................................................................................................................................567 show hardware drops...............................................................................................................................................567 tcpdump....................
ip dhcp snooping vlan.............................................................................................................................................. 603 ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan..........................................................................................................................................604 ip dhcp source-address-validation........................................................................................................................604 ipv6 helper-address...
show fip-snooping system............................................................................................................................................ 643 show fip-snooping vlan..................................................................................................................................................643 Chapter 18: Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP)................................................................. 645 clear frrp.........................................
ip igmp snooping fast-leave....................................................................................................................................687 ip igmp snooping flood............................................................................................................................................. 688 ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval................................................................................................... 688 ip igmp snooping mrouter..........
clear management application pkt-cntr............................................................................................................... 742 clear management application pkt-fallback-cntr............................................................................................... 742 management egress-interface-selection............................................................................................................. 743 show ip management-eis-route .................................
clear tcp statistics.......................................................................................................................................................... 780 debug arp........................................................................................................................................................................... 781 debug ip dhcp.......................................................................................................................................
permit tcp (for IPv6 ACLs).......................................................................................................................................... 845 permit udp (for IPv6 ACLs).......................................................................................................................................... 847 seq (for IPv6 ACLs).......................................................................................................................................................
Chapter 27: Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS)............................................. 890 adjacency-check.............................................................................................................................................................. 891 advertise............................................................................................................................................................................892 area-password........................
maximum-paths................................................................................................................................................................931 metric-style...................................................................................................................................................................... 932 multi-topology..........................................................................................................................................
name............................................................................................................................................................................. 978 show config................................................................................................................................................................ 979 show vlan.................................................................................................................................................
Chapter 31: Microsoft Network Load Balancing........................................................................ 1023 arp (for Multicast MAC Address)..............................................................................................................................1023 ip vlan-flooding..............................................................................................................................................................
show config..................................................................................................................................................................... 1061 show spanning-tree mst configuration.................................................................................................................... 1062 show spanning-tree msti.............................................................................................................................................
graceful-restart mode..............................................................................................................................................1101 graceful-restart role................................................................................................................................................ 1102 ip ospf auth-change-wait-time.............................................................................................................................
auto-cost....................................................................................................................................................................1160 clear ipv6 ospf process...........................................................................................................................................1160 debug ipv6 ospf bfd.................................................................................................................................................
ip pim sparse-mode.................................................................................................................................................1208 ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer................................................................................................................... 1208 ip pim spt-threshold................................................................................................................................................
show interfaces private-vlan......................................................................................................................................1250 show vlan private-vlan................................................................................................................................................. 1252 switchport mode private-vlan....................................................................................................................................
qos-policy-output.................................................................................................................................................... 1297 rate-police................................................................................................................................................................. 1298 rate-shape.........................................................................................................................................................
redistribute ospf............................................................................................................................................................ 1344 router rip..........................................................................................................................................................................1345 show config.........................................................................................................................................
authorization.............................................................................................................................................................1389 aaa authorization commands................................................................................................................................ 1390 aaa authorization config-commands................................................................................................................... 1391 aaa authorization exec.
dot1x reauthentication............................................................................................................................................1432 dot1x reauth-max.....................................................................................................................................................1433 dot1x server-timeout..............................................................................................................................................
verified startup-config............................................................................................................................................1472 Chapter 49: Service Provider Bridging..................................................................................... 1473 debug protocol-tunnel.................................................................................................................................................. 1473 protocol-tunnel............................
default logging trap..................................................................................................................................................1516 logging.........................................................................................................................................................................1516 logging buffered................................................................................................................................................
eula-consent................................................................................................................................................................... 1578 support-assist................................................................................................................................................................ 1580 support-assist activate................................................................................................................................
show ntp associations....................................................................................................................................................1611 show ntp vrf associations............................................................................................................................................ 1613 show ntp status........................................................................................................................................................
match source-protocol................................................................................................................................................. 1651 redistribute...................................................................................................................................................................... 1651 interface management........................................................................................................................................
disable........................................................................................................................................................................ 1689 hold-time................................................................................................................................................................... 1689 preempt..................................................................................................................................................
1 About this Guide This guide provides information about the Dell EMC Networking operating system (OS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in Dell EMC Networking OS.
Information Icons This guide uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information. CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data. NOTE: The Warning icon signals information about hardware handling that could result in injury.
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell EMC Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
User "admin" on line vty1 ( 123.12.1.123 ) User "Irene" on line vty3 ( 123.12.1.321 ) DellEMC#conf When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell EMC Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a Command mode, there are several ways to access help: To obtain a list of Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword.
When entering commands, you can take advantage of the following timesaving features: ● Commands are not case-sensitive. ● Enter partial (truncated) command keywords. For example, you can enter int teng 1/1 for the interface tengigabitethernet 1/1 command. ● Use the TAB key to complete keywords in commands. ● Use the up Arrow key to display the last enabled command. ● Use either the Backspace key or Delete key to erase the previous character.
Using the no Command To disable, delete or return to default values, use the no form of the commands. For most commands, if you type the keyword no in front of the command, you disable that command or delete it from the running configuration. In this guide, the no form of the command is described in the Syntax portion of the command description.
Command Modes To navigate and launch various CLI modes, use specific commands. Navigation to these modes is described in the following sections. BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY Mode To enable or configure IPv4 for BGP, use BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY mode. For more information, see Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 (BGPv4). To 1. 2. 3. enter BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY mode: Verify that you are logged in to ROUTER BGP mode. Enter the address-family command. Enter the protocol type: ● For IPv4, enter the ipv4 multicast command.
DHCP POOL Mode To create an address pool, use DHCP POOL mode. For more information, see Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). To enter DHCP POOL mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to DHCP mode. 2. Enter the pool command then the pool name. The prompt changes to include config-dhcp-pool-name. You can return to DHCP mode by using the exit command. ECMP GROUP Mode To enable or configure traffic distribution monitoring on an ECMP link bundle, use ECMP GROUP mode.
FRRP Mode To enable or configure Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP), use FRRP mode. For more information, see Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP). To enter FRRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol frrp command then the ring ID. The prompt changes to include conf-frrp-ring-id. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. INTERFACE Mode Use INTERFACE mode to configure interfaces or IP services on those interfaces.
2. Enter either the ip access-list standard command or the ip access-list extended command. Include a name for the ACL. The prompt changes to include conf-std-nacl or conf-ext-nacl. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ISIS ADDRESS-FAMILY Mode To enable or configure IPv6 for ISIS, use ISIS ADDRESS-FAMILY mode. For more information, see Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS). To enter ISIS ADDRESS-FAMILY mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to ROUTER ISIS mode. 2.
MONITOR SESSION Mode To enable and configure a traffic monitoring session using port monitoring, use MONITOR SESSION mode. For more information, see Port Monitoring. To enter MONITOR SESSION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the monitor session command, and then the session ID. The prompt changes to include conf-mon-sesssessionID. MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE (MSTP) Mode To enable and configure MSTP, use MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode.
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip prefix-list command and the name for the prefix list. The prompt changes to include conf-nprefixl. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PROTOCOL GVRP Mode To enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), use PROTOCOL GVRP mode. For more information, see GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP). To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
To enter ROUTER OSPF mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the router ospf {process-id} command. The prompt changes to include conf-router_ospf-id. You can switch to INTERFACE mode by using the interface command or you can switch to ROUTER RIP mode by using the router rip command. ROUTER OSPFV3 Mode To configure OSPF for IPv6, use ROUTER OSPFV3 mode. To enter ROUTER OSPFV3 mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
To enter VLT DOMAIN mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the vlt domain command, and then the VLT domain number. The prompt changes to include conf-vlt-domain. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command. VRRP Mode To enable and configure Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), use VRRP mode. For more information, see Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP). To enter VRRP mode: 1.
3 File Management This section contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files, as well as other file management commands.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced the support for bmp-boot on the S-Series and Z-Series switches. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
restore factory-defaults Restore factory defaults. Syntax Parameters restore factory-defaults stack-unit {stack—unit—number | all} {clear-all | bootvar | nvram} factory-defaults Return the system to its factory default mode. stack-unitnumber Enter the stack member unit identifier to restore only the mentioned stack-unit. all Enter the keyword all to restore all units in the stack. bootvar Enter the keyword bootvar to reset boot line.
● mgmtautoneg ● mgmtspeed100 ● mgmtfullduplex Each boot path variable (primary_boot, secondary_boot, and default_boot) is further split into the following three independent variables: ● primary_server, primary_file, and primary_type ● secondary_server, secondary_file, and secondary_type ● default_server, default_file, and default_type NOTE: For information on the default values that these variables take, refer to the Restoring Factory Default Environment Variables section in the Dell EMC Networking OS Confi
5 Not present Power-cycling the unit(s). DellEMC# Example (NvRAM, single unit) DellEMC# restore factory-defaults stack-unit 1 nvram ************************************************************** * Warning - Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing * * persistent settings (stacking, fanout, etc.) * * After restoration the unit(s) will be powercycled immediately.
============================================= Type Boot Type A B ---------------------------------------CP DOWNLOAD BOOT 9-3 9-3 RP DOWNLOAD BOOT 9-3 9-3 linecard 0 is not present. linecard 1 is not present. linecard 2 DOWNLOAD BOOT 9-3 9-3 DellEMC# show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters. Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example 60 This guide is platform-specific.
BOOT INTERFACE GATEWAY IP ADDRESS = variable does not exist DellEMC# show file Display contents of a text file in the local filesystem. Syntax Parameters show file filesystem filesystem Enter one of the following: ● For internal flash, enter flash: ● For USB flash and external flash, enter usbflash: Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Commands show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified. Syntax show os-version [file-url] Parameters Defaults file-url (OPTIONAL) Enter the following location keywords and information: ● For a file on the internal flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. ● For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp://user:password@hostip/ filepath. ● For a file on the external Flash, enter slot0:// followed by the filename.
runtime runtime 9.2(1.0B5) 9.2(1.0B5) LP RP passed passed BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : ----------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot flash 3.2.1.0 cp passed BOOTSEL IMAGE INFORMATION : ----------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot selector 3.2.0.
File Management ethernet for the current Ethernet CFM configuration fefd for the current FEFD configuration ftp for the current FTP configuration frrp for the current FRRP configuration fvrp for the current FVRP configuration gvrp for the current GVRP configuration host for the current host configuration hardwaremonitor for hardware-monitor action-on-error settings hypervisor for the current hypervisor configuration igmp for the current IGMP configuration interface for the current
qos-policyinput for the current input QoS policy configuration qos-policyoutput for the current output QoS policy configuration radius for the current RADIUS configuration redirect-list for the current redirect-list configuration redundancy for the current RPM redundancy configuration resolve for the current DNS configuration rip for the current RIP configuration rmon for the current RMON configuration route-map for the current route map configuration sflow for the current sFlow configura
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for the tunnel and EIS interface types. 9.0.0.0 Added support for the VLT option. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added the hardware-monitor option. 7.6.1.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Expanded to include the last configuration change, start-up last updated (date and time), and who made the change. DellEMC# show startup-config ! Version 9.2(1.
Command Fields Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Lines Beginning With Description Dell EMC Network... Name of the operating system Dell EMC Operating... OS version number Dell EMC Application... Software version Copyright (c)... Copyright information Build Time... Software build’s date stamp Build Path... Location of the software build files loaded on the system Dell EMC Networking OS uptime is...
flash: | ftp: | scp: Enter one of the file transfer methods and locations to specify where the OS image | tftp: | usbflash: (file-url), which you want to use to upgrade the currently loaded image, is stored: file-url ● flash://filepath. ● ftp://userid:password@host-ip/filepath to upgrade from an FTP server, where host-ip is either an IPv4 dotted decimal address or an IPv6 [x:x:x:x::x] format address. ● scp://userid:password@hostip/filepath to upgrade using secure copy.
upgrade fpga-image linecard booted Use this command to upgrade the FPGA and CPLD devices in Z9500 line-card CPUs using the currently running Dell Networking operating-system image (and only when required by the upgrade procedure in the Z9500 release notes). Z9500 Syntax upgrade fpga-image linecard {slot-id | all} booted Parameters Defaults linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID number to specify the line-card CPU to upgrade. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is 0 to 2.
upgrade fpga-image system cpld booted Use this command to upgrade the CPLD devices in the Z9500 Route Processor and Control Processor CPUs using the currently running Dell Networking operating-system image (and only when required by the upgrade procedure in the Z9500 release notes). Z9500 Syntax upgrade fpga-image system cpld booted Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
upgrade fpga-image system fpga booted Use this command to upgrade the FPGA devices in the Z9500 Route Processor and Control Processor CPUs using the currently running Dell Networking operating-system image (and only when required by the upgrade procedure in the Z9500 release notes). Z9500 Syntax upgrade fpga-image system fpga booted Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
flash: file-url Enter the keyword flash: and specify the location of the image file in the format //directory-path or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. ftp: file-url Enter the keyword ftp: and specify the location of the image file in the format // userid:password@host-ip/filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. nfsmount:// Enter the keyword nfsmount: and specify the location of the image file in the format ///filepath.
After you upgrade the system image, using the upgrade system command, specify the default boot location using the boot system command. Save the configuration to the startup configuration file using the write memory command and reload the system using the reload command to use the new Dell EMC Networking OS software. NOTE: You can apply a set of configurations, available only in the new version to which you want to upgrade the system to, without having to re-boot the system twice.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
4 Control and Monitoring This section contains command information to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP).
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • show cpu-interface-stats show debugging show environment show inventory show login statistics show memory show processes cpu show processes ipc show processes ipc flow-control show processes memory show reset-reason show software ifm show system show trace show tech-support show util-threshold cpu show util-threshold memory system location-led telnet terminal length traceroute undebug all upload trace-log util-threshold cpu util-threshold memory virtual
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original Command After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced the acknowledgement keyword. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
banner motd Set a message of the day (MOTD) banner. Syntax banner motd c line c To delete a Message of the Day banner, enter no banner motd. Parameters Defaults c Enter a delineator character to specify the limits of the text banner. The delineator is a percent character (%). line Enter a text string for your MOTD banner the message with your delineator. The delineator is a percent character (%). No banner is configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings and set the CAM as follows: ● L2Acl : 2 ● Ipv4Acl : 2 ● Ipv6Acl : 0 ● Ipv4Qos : 2 ● L2Qos : 2 ● L2PT : 0 ● IpMacAcl : 1 ● VmanQos : 0 ● EtsAcl : 0 ● FcoeAcl : 0 ● iscsiOptAcl : 0 ● ipv4pbr : 0 ● vrfv4Acl : 0 ● Openflow : 0 ● fedgovacl : 0 ● nlbclusteracl: 0 Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount of CAM space to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal to . The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2.
Usage Information For the new settings to take effect, save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks and these blocks cannot be reallocated. The ipv4acl profile range is from 1 to 8. When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13. Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10.
Ipmacacl number Enter the keyword ipmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for IP and MAC ACL. The range is from 0 to 6. ecfmacl number Enter the keyword ecfmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for ECFM ACL. The range is from 0 to 5. nlbclusteracl Enter the keyword nlbclusteracl and then the number of FP blocks for nlbcluster ACL. The range is from 0 to 2. By default, the value is 0 and it supports 8 NLB arp entries reserved for internal functionality.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Added the keyword ipv4mirracl. 9.11(0.0) Added the keyword ipv4udfmirracl. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Enables periodic audits of the software and hardware copies of the IPv4 forwarding table. clear alarms Clear alarms on the system. Syntax clear alarms Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Example This command resets the average power and average power start time to the current time. Average power and average power start time will be calculated from the reset time (i.e current time). DellEMC#clear average-power Proceed to clear Average power ? Confirm [yes/no]:yes DellEMC# clear line Reset a terminal line. Syntax Parameters clear line {line-number | console 0 | vty number} line-number Enter a number for one of the 12 terminal lines on the system.
clear trace Clear the software trace log file from a Z9500 CPU. Z9500 Syntax clear trace software [rp | linecard slot-id] Parameters Defaults rp Enter the keyword rp to clear the software trace log from the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose software trace log you want to clear. Clear the trace log files from all Z9500 CPUs. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(1.
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Usage Information This command enables (and disables) the collection of CPU traffic statistics from the time this command is executed (not from system boot). However, excessive traffic a CPU receives automatically triggers (turn on) the collection of CPU traffic statics. The following message is an indication that collection of CPU traffic is automatically turned on. To view the traffic statistics, use the show cpu-traffic-stats command. If the CPU receives excessive traffic, traffic is rate controlled.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information Users entering EXEC Privilege mode or any other configured privilege level can access configuration commands.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Replacement command for the S4820T. Replaces the enable xfp-powerupdates command. 8.3.11.4 Replacement command for the Z9000. Replaces the enable xfp-powerupdates command 8.3.10.0 Replacement command for the S4810 only. Replaces the enable xfp-powerupdates command. To enable polling and to configure the polling frequency, use this command. end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes).
Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. E-Series Original command. ● exit — returns to the lower command mode. exec-timeout Set a time interval that the system waits for input on a line before disconnecting the session. Syntax exec-timeout minutes [seconds] To return to default settings, use the no exec-timeout command.
Example Dell con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started. DellEMC> exit Return to the lower command mode. Syntax exit Command Modes ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Command History 96 EXEC Privilege CONFIGURATION LINE, INTERFACE TRACE-LIST PROTOCOL GVRP SPANNING TREE MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE MAC ACCESS LIST ACCESS-LIST AS-PATH ACL COMMUNITY-LIST PREFIX-LIST ROUTER OSPF ROUTER RIP ROUTER ISIS ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands ● end — returns to EXEC Privilege mode. ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system. Syntax Parameters Defaults ftp-server [vrf vrf-name] enable vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable the FTP server to listen to that VRF instance. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify the VRF that is used by the FTP server to accept client connections. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. Disabled.
150 Opening ASCII mode data connection size date time name -------- ------ ------ -------512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 tgtimg 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 diagnostic 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 other 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 tgt 226 Transfer complete 329 bytes received in 0.018 seconds (17.95 Kbytes/s) ftp> ftp-server topdir Specify the top-level directory to be accessed when an incoming FTP connection request is made. Syntax ftp-server topdir directory Parameters Defaults directory Enter the directory path.
ftp-server username Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions. Syntax ftp-server username username password [encryption-type] password To delete a user name and its password, use the no ftp-server username username command. Parameters username Enter a text string up to 40 characters long as the user name. password Enter the keyword password then a string up to 40 characters long as the password. Without specifying an encryption type, the password is unencrypted.
Defaults Dell Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information Configure a password with the ip ftp password command. Related Commands ● ip ftp password — sets the password for FTP connections.
ip telnet server enable Enable the Telnet server on the switch. Syntax ip telnet server enable To disable the Telnet server, use the no ip telnet server enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
● For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. Defaults The IP address on the system that is closest to the Telnet address is used in the outgoing packets. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults The IP address on the system that is closest to the Telnet address is used in the outgoing packets. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500. You must have either the System Administrator or Security Administrator privileges to configure login concurrent-session limit or to enable clear-line.
Related Commands ● login statistics — enable and configure user login statistics on console and virtual terminal lines. ● show login statistics — displays login statistics of users who have used the console or virtual terminal lines to log in to the system. login statistics Enable and configure user login statistics on console and virtual terminal lines.
login. There were 1 unsuccessful login attempt(s) for user admin in the last 30 day(s). There were 1 successful login attempt(s) for user admin in the last 30 day(s). The preceding message shows that the user had previously logged in to the system using the VTY line from 10.11.178.14. It also displays the number of unsuccessful login attempts since the last login and the number of unsuccessful login attempts in the last 30 days. $ telnet 10.11.178.14 Trying 10.11.178.14... Connected to 10.11.178.14.
Usage Information Because flash space may be limited, using this command ensures your entire crash kernel files are uploaded successfully and completely. Only a single coredump server can be configured. Configuration of a new coredump server over-writes any previously configured server. NOTE: You must disable logging coredump before you designate a new server destination for your core dumps. ping Test connectivity between the system and another device by sending echo requests and waiting for replies.
Defaults outgoinginterface (IPv6 link-local address) Enter the outgoing interface for ping packets to a destination link-local address. pattern pattern (IPv4 only) Enter the IPv4 data pattern. Range: 0-FFFF. Default: 0xABCD. sweep-min-size Enter the minimum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 52 to 15359 bytes. sweep-max-size Enter the maximum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 53 to 15359 bytes. sweep-interval Enter the incremental value for sweep size.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced extended ping options. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv6). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv4). 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series.
Parameters conditional nvram-cfgchange (OPTIONAL) Reload into the Dell EMC Networking Operating System (OS) if the condition is true. A configuration change to the NVRAM requires a switch reload. To reload the switch, select nvram-cfg-change. no-confirm Reload the chassis without prompting for further confirmation. [discard-running] Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
send Send messages to one or all terminal line users. Syntax Parameters Defaults send [*] | [line ] | [console] | [vty] * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line. The range is from 0 to 11. console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal. none Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters Defaults debug (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword debug to add timestamps to debug messages. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity from 0 to 6. datetime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword datetime to have the current time and date added to the message. localtime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword localtime to include the localtime in the timestamp. msec (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword msec to include milliseconds in the timestamp.
show alarms View alarms currently active in the system. Syntax Parameters show alarms [threshold] threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword threshold to display the temperature thresholds in Celsius for each level. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.
show asf View statistics about the Alternate Store and Forward (ASF) packets that are transmitted on Z9500 line cards. Z9500 Syntax show asf linecard slot-id Parameters Defaults linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of a Z9500 line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. all Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
[11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 21:17:35]: [11/20 21:17:36]: [11/20 21:17:36]: [11/20 21:19:25]: DellEMC# CMD-(CLI):[no ip address]by default from console CMD-(CLI):[shutdown]by default from console CMD-(CLI):[line console 0]by default from console CMD-(CLI):[exec-timeout 0]by default from console CMD-(CLI):[exit]by default from console CMD-(CLI):[show command-history]by default from console show console lp View the buffered boot-up log of a line card.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Defaults linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to display the interface statistics only from a specified line card. The range of line-card slot IDs is from 0 to 2. all Enter the keyword all to display the interface statistics from all Z9500 CPUs, including the Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards. Display interface statistics from all Z9500 CPUs. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
txReqTooLarge :0 txDatapathErr :0 txPkt(COS0) :0 txPkt(COS1) :0 txPkt(COS2) :0 txPkt(COS3) :0 txPkt(COS4) :0 txPkt(COS5) :0 txPkt(COS6) :0 txPkt(COS7) :0 txPkt(UNIT0) :0 txPkt(UNIT1) :0 txPkt(UNIT2) :0 txPkt(UNIT3) :0 -- OOB ethernet statistics -Link state : N/A Recv Interrupts/Polls: 0 Recv Packets : 2269516 Transmit Packets : 549631 Recv Desc Error : 0 Transmit Desc Error : 0 Recv Out of Mem : 0 Transmit Out of Mem : 0 Recv Upper Layer Full: 0 Transmit Pause Pkts : 0 Recv Other Error : 0 Transmit Other
0 ifdbg 0 ifarp 0 ificm 0 ifdbg 0 ifacl 0 if6db 0 if6db Related Commands 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 0 2000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example 124 This guide is platform-specific.
Port-channel 1-2 Port-channel 5 GigabitEthernet 4/0-3,5-6,10-11,20 GigabitEthernet 5/0-1,5-6,10-11,15,17,19,21 ICMP packet debugging is on for GigabitEthernet 5/0,2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16 DellEMC# show environment View system component status (for example, temperature or voltage). Syntax Parameters show environment [all | fan | pem | stack-unit unit-id ] all Enter the keyword all to view all components. fan Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans.
Example (all) DellEMC# show environment -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed ---------------------------------------------------0 0 up up 6971 up 7072 0 1 up up 6971 up 7021 0 2 up up 7021 up 7021 Speed in RPM -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) Power AvgPower AvgPowerStartTime -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 1 up AC up 6960 48 31 14/4/2017 17:24 1 2 up AC up 6656 40 26 14/4/2017 17:24 -- Unit Environment
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Added support to display 10GBASE-T information on the S4048, S4048T, S6000, S6000-ON, S6100, Z9500, S6010, and Z9100. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.
user login-id Defaults (Optional)Displays the login statistics of a specific user in the last 30 days or the custom defined time period. When you use it with the unsuccessful-attempts keyword, the system displays the number of failed login attempts by a specific user in the last 30 days or the custom defined time period None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Successful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 4 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------User: admin1 Last login time: 12:49:19 UTC Tue Mar 22 2016 Last login location: Line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
The following is sample output of the show login statistics successful-attempts command. DellEMC#show login statistics successful-attempts There were 4 successful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 30 day(s). Related Commands ● login statistics — enable and configure user login statistics on console and virtual terminal lines. ● login concurrent-session — configures the limit of concurrent sessions for all users on console and virtual terminal lines.
Dell#show memory rp Total(b) Used(b) 3203928064 17174702 Free(b) 3186753362 Lowest(b) 3186753362 Largest(b) 3186753362 Dell#show memory lp 2 Total(b) Used(b) 3203928064 8555410 Free(b) 3195372654 Lowest(b) 3195372654 Largest(b) 3195372654FTOS# “Lowest” displays the memory usage the system went to in the lifetime of the system. Indirectly, it indicates the maximum usage in the lifetime of the system: Total minus Lowest. “Largest” displays the current largest available.
flashmntr 0x000000c9 10 1 0x0000007b 30 3 0x0000004b 20 2 0x0000001f 20 2 mount_mfs 0x0000001a 150 15 mount_mfs ---------- More ---------- 10000 10000 10000 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 0 0 0 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 inetd sh sh Dell#show processes cpu lp 2 details CPU utilization for five seconds: 10%/0%; one minute: 10%; five minutes: 10% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0x00000000 976300 97630 10000 10.47% 10.14% 10.
329 10 1 10000 333 50 5 10000 323 30 3 10000 315 10 1 10000 309 20 2 10000 302 460 46 10000 263 0 0 0 296 0 0 0 198 0 0 0 ---------- More ---------Example: show processes cpu summary 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.
● Use show processes ipc commands only when you are working directly with Dell Technical Support to troubleshoot a problem.
IPC: 5 0 CLI: 0 11 0 CHMGR: 0 4 0 LCMGR: 2 1 0 LCMGR: 2 1 0 EVENTLOGAGENT: 5 1 0 DIAGMGR: 0 1 0 DIAGAGT: 5 0 0 DIAGAGT: 5 1 0 EVHDLR: 0 1 0 EVHDLR: 0 1 0 DNLDAGENT: 5 0 0 DNLDAGENT: 5 1 0 SYSADMTSK: 5 0 0 SYSADMTSK: 5 1 0 PMMGR: 5 0 0 PMMGR: 5 1 0 KPLR: 5 0 0 KPLR: 5 1 0 KPLR: 5 0 0 TIMERMGR: 5 0 0 DEBUGAGNT: 5 0 0 DEBUGAGNT: 5 1 0 F10STKMGR: 5 0 0 F10STKMGR: 5 1 0 ENVMGR: 5 0 0 ACL: 0 8 0 ACL_AGENT: 0 1 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 0 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 0 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 0 0 IFAGT: 2 0 0 IFAGT: 2 1 0 RTM: 0 5 0 RTM: 0 3 0 FIB
FIBAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 1 0 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> TNLAGT: 0 0 0 DIFFSERV: 0 -> ACL_AGENT: 0 0 0 DIFFSERV: 0 -> DSAGT: 10 0 0 ARPMGR: 0 -> FIBAGT: 1 0 0 MACMGR: 0 -> MACAGENT: 7 0 0 DSAGT: 2 -> TME: 0 0 0 DSAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 1 0 0 ---------- More ---------- 5 0 0 129024 2 3950 0 129024 2 11562 2 184320 2 0 0 129024 2 0 0 129024 2 0 0 129024 5 35450 0 129024 5 0 0 129024 show processes ipc flow-control Display the single window protocol queue (SWPQ) statistics.
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
IFMGR0 IFMGR0 IFMGR0 IFMGR0 PORTMIRR0 IFMGR0 IFMGR0 DellEMC# LLDP0 MRTM0 IPMGR1 LACP0 ACL_AGENT2 IGMP0 IFAGT2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 10 33 23 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 10 33 23 0 0 1 12 10 33 23 0 0 1 60 60 60 60 50 50 60 60 60 60 60 50 50 60 show processes memory View information about memory usage for processes running in the system.
show processes memory output Field Description Frees Total dynamic memory freed Max Maximum dynamic memory allocated Current Current dynamic memory in use The output for show process memory displays the memory usage statistics running on the CP part (sysd) of the system. The sysd is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the Control Processor. The total counter size in show memory and show processes memory differs based on which OS processes are counted.
fmg fileProc sysAdmTsk Example: show processes memory cp 766560 416 42028 Example: show processes memory lp all 140 766560 416 42028 Dell#show processes memory Total : 3203928064, MaxUsed : CurrentUsed: 804720640, CurrentFree: SharedUsed : 9776664, SharedFree : PID Process Current 597 clish 0 631 login 0 464 ipSecMgr 367528 443 ssMgr 0 434 ipm 330360 419 sysd 6255242 425 sysdlp 0 427 sysmon 0 421 sysmon 0 398 flashmntr 0 327 inetd 0 244 sh 0 74 sh 0 30 mount_mfs 0 25 mount_mfs 0 22 mount_mfs 0 19 moun
sysmon flashmntr inetd sh sh mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs sh init [system] tme ipc timerMgr sysAdmTsk count tFib4 aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt MacAgent fib6 ofagt tnlagt frrpagt Example: show processes memory rp 24576 36864 45056 2301952 2297856 2310144 2310144 2310144 2310144 2310144 2301952 2297856 0 433054 33036 66072 33036 33036 2016720 1490790 202348 1325606 301474 1654292 367522 165180 334400 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 704512 839680 995328 802816 708608 13471744 52310016 5226496 61
Usage Information Example — Userinitiated reboot with the reload command Example — System reboot due to the upgrade command Example — System reboot for unknown reasons Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048T–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, C9010, MXL, M-IOA, and FN-IOM. You can use the show reset-reason without the stack-unit option to view the reason for the last system reboot of the local system.
Parameters clients Enter the keyword clients to display IFM client information. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients. ifagt number Enter the keyword ifagt then the number of an interface agent to display software pipe and IPC statistics.
DSM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x80771003 0x00000000 32 LACP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x8000383f 0x00000000 35 DHCP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800000c2 0x0000c000 37 V6RAD 0 0x00000433 0x00030000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0 Unidentified Client0 0x006e0002 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0 DellEMC# DellEMC# show software ifm linecard 0 linecard: 0 cardType = 516 numCfgPorts = 0 cardState = 3 notifSeqNum = 1 cardAlive = 0 ppStatus[0] = 0x00000001 numPorts = 144 cardId = 0x7f0a0a0d prevHello = 0:0 ifaNotifSeqNum = 0
Example (show system brief) Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 The brief parameter no longer displays the current Reload mode. To display Reload mode, use the show reload-type command. Modified the show system stack-unit comman output to support Piece Part ID (PPID). 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Last Restart Burned in MAC No of MACs FIPS Mode -RP RP RP RP -Boot Selector Memory Size Boot Flash : : : : : : 253 653 832 45 disabled normal power-cycle 74:86:7a:ff:71:8c 3 disabled : : 3203928064 bytes : 3.2.1.0 -- Linecard 0 -Unit Type : Linecard Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : Z9500LC12 - 12-port TE/FG (ZC) Hardware Rev : 1.0 Num Ports : 48 Up Time : 2 min, 15 sec Dell EMC Networking OS Version : 1-0(0-4072) Jumbo Capable : yes Boot Flash : 3.2.1.
Last Restart Burned In MAC No Of MACs : powered-on : 74:86:7a:ff:71:8c : 3 -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) Power AvgPower AvgPowerStartTime ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 up AC up 13760 386 474 05/25/2017-16:36 0 1 up AC up 16736 346 340 05/25/2017-16:38 0 2 up AC up 22656 346 449 05/25/2017-16:36 0 3 up AC up 22976 331 439 05/25/2017-16:36 Total power: 1409.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell#show trace linecard 2 [9/3 5:18:18] SYS-(tUsrRoot):Spawn TCL Server.
failed service 253 inst 0 - Repeated 1 time. ---------- More ---------Related Commands ● traceroute — displays packet route to a destination device. ● show tech-support Display a collection of data from other show commands, necessary for Dell EMC Networking technical support to perform troubleshooting. Syntax Parameters show tech-support [stack-unit unit-id | page] stack-unit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-unit to view CPU memory usage for the stack member designated by unit-id.
support |grep regular-expression |except regular-expression | find regularexpression | save flash://result This display output is an accumulation of the same information that is displayed when you execute one of the following show commands: ● show version ● show clock ● show running-config ● show system stack-ports ● show interfaces ● show process memory ● show process cpu ● show file system ● show system ● show environment ● show ip traffic ● show ip management route ● show ip route summary ● show Inventor
Command Modes EXEC PRIVILEGE Command History Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, S25 and S50.
Related Commands ● util-threshold mem – Configure memory utilization thresholds. ● util-threshold cpu – Configure CPU utilization thresholds. system location-led Toggle the location LED of the chassis and (optionally) the location LED of a specified Z9500 port on or off. Syntax system location-led [interface {fortyGigE | tengigabitethernet} slot/port] {on | off} Parameters Defaults interface {fortyGigE | tengigabitethern et} Specify the port type: 40-Gigabit Ethernet or 10-Gigabit Ethernet.
● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For Tunnel interface types, enter the keyword tunnel then the slot/ port information. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
Example DellEMC# telnet vrf vrf1 10.10.10.2 terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. Syntax terminal length screen-length Parameters Defaults screen-length Enter a number of lines. Entering zero causes the terminal to display without pausing. The range is from 0 to 512. 24 lines Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip-address Enter the IP address of the device in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults ● ● ● ● ● Timeout = 5 seconds Probe count = 3 30 hops max 40 byte packet size UDP port = 33434 Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Translating "www.Dell EMC Networking.com"...domain server (10.11.0.1) [OK] Type Ctrl-C to abort. ----------------------------------------------Tracing the route to www.Dell EMC Networking.com (10.11.84.18), 30 hops max, 40 byte packets ----------------------------------------------TTL Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 10.11.199.190 001.000 ms 001.000 ms 002.000 ms 2 gwegress-sjc-02.Dell EMC Networking.com (10.11.30.126) 005.000 ms 001.000 ms 001.000 ms 3 fw-sjc-01.Dell EMC Networking.com (10.11.127.254) 000.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
util-threshold cpu Configure the high or low CPU utilization thresholds for SNMP traps. Syntax util—threshold cpu {5sec | 1min | 5min} {cp |rp | linecard slot–id | all} {high {0-100} | low {0-100}} Parameters cpu-utilizationtime Enter one of the following values to configure the threshold level for the time in which a Z9500 CPU can be used: ● 5sec ● 1min ● 5min cp Enter the keyword cp to configure the CPU utilization time for the Control Processor CPU.
util-threshold memory Configure the high or low memory utilization thresholds for SNMP traps. Syntax Parameters util—threshold memory {cp |rp | linecard slot–id | all} {[high {0-100}] [low {0-100}]} cp Enter the keyword cp to configure the memory utilization threshold for the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to configure the memory utilization threshold for the Route Processor CPU.
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
5 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell EMC Networking OS.
NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule. description Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ● ● ● ● Command History Usage Information Enter a description of up to 80 characters. CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific.
show config Display the current ACL configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes ● ● ● ● Command History Example CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
clear counters ip access-group Erase all counters maintained for access lists. Syntax Parameters clear counters ip access-group [access-list-name] access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Defaults vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the ID numbers of the VLANs. The range is from 1 to 4094 (you can use IDs from 1 to 4094). vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf then the ID numbers of the VRFs. The range is from 1 to 63 (you can use IDs from 1 to 63). NOTE: When you specify a single VRF, use the name of the VRF instead of the VRF ID number. Use the VRF ID numbers only when you specify a range of VRFs.
In the Dell EMC Networking OS versions prior to 9.13(0.0), the system does not install any of your ACL rules if the available CAM space is lesser than what is required for your set of ACL rules. Effective with the Dell EMC Networking OS version 9.13(0.0), the system installs your ACL rules until all the allocated CAM memory is used. If there is no implicit permit in your rule, the Dell EMC Networking OS ensures that an implicit deny is installed at the end of your rule.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. Syntax Parameters show ip accounting {access-list access-list-name | cam_count} interface interface [vrf vrf-name] access-list-name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed. cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. Usage Information NOTE: The vrf option is available only when VRF feature is enabled. show ip accounting accesslists Field Description “Extended IP...” Displays the name of the IP ACL. “seq 5...” Displays the filter. If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter, the number of packets or bytes the filter processes is displayed at the end of the line.
Defaults order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor to describe the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
Related Commands ● ip access-list standard — configure a standard ACL. ● permit — configure a permit filter. ip access-list standard Create a standard IP access list (IP ACL) to filter based on IP address. Syntax ip access-list standard access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list standard access-list-name command. Parameters Defaults access-list-name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the ACL name.
permit To permit packets from a specific source IP address to leave the switch, configure a filter. Syntax permit {source [mask]| any | host ip-address} [count [bytes] | log] [dscp value] [ecn value] [fragments] [monitor ] [no-drop] [order] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. ● Use the no permit {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv6). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series (IPv4). 7.8.1.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits re-assigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list. Related Commands resequence access-list — resequences an access-list. seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IP access list while creating the filter.
no-drop Defaults Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Removed the session–ID option from the monitor parameter. 9.11(0.0) Added support for session–ID to the monitor parameter. 9.10(0.
Extended IP ACL Commands When an ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The following commands configure extended IP ACLs, which in addition to the IP address, also examine the packet’s protocol type. The platform supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
Defaults order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor to describe the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, see Port Monitoring. The C-Series and S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented.
lowest; lower order numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). Defaults fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor to describe the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
deny tcp Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol (TCP) packets meeting the filter criteria. Syntax deny tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [ttl operator] [dscp] [bit] [operator port [port]] [count [bytes] [order] [fragments] [monitor] [nodrop] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
● 25 = SMTP ● 169 = SNMP Defaults destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes.
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only.
● Use the no deny udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. Parameters Defaults source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the ttl parameter. Removed the session–ID option from the monitor parameter. 9.11(0.0) Added support for session–ID to the monitor parameter. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0000111111000000 0001000000000000 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 1111111111000000 1111100000000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 4032 4096 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 4095 6143 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 64 2048 1024 512 256 64 1 Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM.
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specification about entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long.
Defaults order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments.
Related Commands ● ip access-list extended — create an extended ACL. ● ● permit tcp — assign a permit filter for TCP packets. ● permit udp — assign a permit filter for UDP packets. permit icmp Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages.
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11(2.0) Added the type parameter to filter the ICMP packets based on the type and code on the S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON.. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.
● syn: synchronize sequence numbers ● urg: urgent field ttl Enter the keyword ttl to permit a packet based on the time to live value. The range is from 1 to 255. operator Enter one of the following logical operand: ● eq(equal to) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is equal to the specified ttl value. ● neq(not equal to) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is not equal to the specified ttl value.
Usage Information Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the ttl parameter. Removed the session–ID option from the monitor parameter. 9.11(2.0P0) Added the established parameter on the S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON. 9.11(0.0) Added support for session–ID to the monitor parameter. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0000111111000000 0001000000000000 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 1111111111000000 1111100000000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 4032 4096 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 4095 6143 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 64 2048 1024 512 256 64 1 Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM.
● ● ● ● ● Defaults eq = equal to neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt = less than range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is 0 to 65535. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. . 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, see the “Quality of Service” section of the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide.
Step-toIncrement Defaults Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname.
no-drop Defaults Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the ttl parameter. 9.11(2.
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. If you configure the sequence-number, the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order. NOTE: When you configure ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
Parameters Default default Reset the number of FP blocks to the default value. By default, 0 FP blocks of CAM are allocated for ACL VLAN services, such as iSCSI counters, Open Flow, and ACL VLAN optimization. NOTE: CAM optimization for ACL VLAN groups is not enabled by default. You must allocate FP blocks of ACL VLAN CAM to enable ACL CAM optimization. vlanopenflow <0-2> Allocate a number FP blocks of CAM for VLAN Open Flow operations.
Default None Command Modes ACL-VLAN-GROUP CONFIGURATION (conf-acl-vl-grp) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.5.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000. You can apply only an egress IP ACL on an ACL VLAN group. member vlan (ACL VLAN Group) Add VLAN members to an ACL VLAN group.
Command History Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL. Usage Information When an ACL VLAN group name or the access-list name contains more than 30 characters, the name is truncated in the show show acl-vlan-group group-name command output. Examples The following example displays the output of the show acl-vlan-group command. NOTE: Some group names and some access list names are truncated.
Usage Information After you allocate FP blocks of CAM to ACL VLAN operation, you must reboot the switch to enable ACL VLAN optimization. The following table describes the output fields of the show cam-acl-vlan command: Table 1. Allocating FP blocks of CAM to ACL VLAN operation Example Field Description Chassis Vlan Cam ACL Details about the CAM blocks allocated for ACLs for various VLAN operations at a system-wide, global level.
switch (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword switch to display Layer 2 CAM usage. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) The show cam-usage command is updated to display ECMP group count information. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.5.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL.
| IN-L3-PBR | | IN-V6 ACL | | IN-V6 FIB | | IN-V6-SysFlow | | IN-V6-McastFib | | OUT-L2 ACL | | OUT-L3 ACL | | OUT-V6 ACL 1 | 1 | IN-L2 ACL | | | IN-L2 FIB | | IN-L3 ACL | | IN-L3 FIB | | IN-L3-SysFlow --More-Example 2: Output of the show cam-usage acl Command Example 3: Output of the show cam-usage router Command Example 4: Output of the show cam-usage switch Command 206 | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | 1024 | 0
| IN-L3 ECMP GRP | | IN-L2 FIB | | OUT-L2 ACL 11 | 1 | IN-L2 ACL | | | IN-L2 FIB | | OUT-L2 ACL | 262144 | 0 | 262144 | 32768 | 1081 | 31687 | 0 | 0 | 0 7152 | 0 | 7152 | 32768 | 1081 | 31687 | 0 | 0 | 0 show running config acl-vlan-group Display the running configuration of ACL VLAN groups. Syntax Parameters Default show running config acl-vlan-group group-name group-name Display the specified ACL VLAN group (140 characters maximum).
The MAC ACL can be applied on Physical, Port-channel and VLAN interfaces. As per the specified rules in the ACL, the traffic on the interface/ VLAN members or Port-channel members will be permitted or denied. clear counters mac access-group Clear counters for all or a specific MAC ACL. Syntax clear counters mac access-group [mac-list-name] Parameters mac-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured MAC access list. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
optimized Enter the keyword optimized to enable ACL optimization. in Enter the keyword in to configure the ACL to filter incoming traffic. out Enter the keyword out to configure the ACL to filter outgoing traffic. NOTE: 1. If the MAC ACL is applied on VLAN, none of the VLAN members should have an access list applied for that VLAN. 2. If the MAC ACL is applied on a Physical or Port Channel interface, the VLAN in which this port is associated should not have an access list applied. 3.
show mac access-lists Display all of the Layer 2 ACLs configured in the system, whether or not they are applied to an interface, and the count of matches/mismatches against each ACL entry displayed. Syntax show mac access-lists [access-list-name] [interface interface] [in | out] Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters.
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. in | out Identify whether ACL is applied on ingress or egress side.
deny To drop packets with a the MAC address specified, configure a filter. Syntax deny {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. ● Use the no deny {any | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} command. Parameters Defaults any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When you configure ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands ● permit — configures a MAC address filter to pass packets.
NOTE: Ingress ACLs are supported on C-Series and S-Series platforms only. Example DellEMC(conf)# mac-access-list access-list standard TestMAC DellEMC(config-std-macl)# permit 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:ff:ff count DellEMC(config-std-macl)# deny any count DellEMC(config-std-macl)# permit To forward packets from a specific source MAC address, configure a filter.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. mac-destination- Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. address mac-destination- Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched.
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details.
Defaults count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
Parameters Defaults access-list-name Enter the name of a configured Standard ACL, up to 140 characters. ipv4 Enter the keyword ipv4 to configure an IPv4 access class. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to configure an IPv6 access class. Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
clear ip prefix-list Reset the number of times traffic mets the conditions (“hit” counters) of the configured prefix lists. Syntax clear ip prefix-list [prefix-name] Parameters Defaults prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the configured prefix list to clear only counters for that prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Clears “hit” counters for all prefix lists unless a prefix list is specified. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
le max-prefix- length Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le and then enter the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. Not configured. Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Sequence numbers for this filter are automatically assigned starting at sequence number 5. If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. deny — configures a filter to drop packets.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the bit mask option.
Example DellEMC(conf-nprefixl)# show config ! ip prefix-list snickers DellEMC(conf-nprefixl)# show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists. Syntax Parameters show ip prefix-list detail [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists. Syntax show ip prefix-list summary [prefix-name] Parameters prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map. Syntax Parameters Defaults continue [sequence-number] sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the route map sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
● If a set action occurs in the first route map entry and then the same set action occurs with a different value in a subsequent route map entry, the last set of actions overrides the previous set of actions with the same set command. ● If set community additive and set as-path prepend are configure, the communities and AS numbers are prepended. Related Commands ● set community — specify a COMMUNITY attribute. ● set as-path — configure a filter to modify the AS path.
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● ● ● ● ● ● match match match match match match interface — redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface.
Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● ● ● ● ● ● match match match match match match interface — redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. ip address — redistribute routes that match an IP address.
Related Commands Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● ● ● ● ● ● match match match match match match interface — redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. ip address — redistribute routes that match an IP address. ip next-hop — redistribute routes that match the next-hop IP address. ip route-source — redistribute routes that match routes advertised by other routers. route-type — redistribute routes that match a route type.
match route-type To match routes based on the how the route is defined, configure a filter. Syntax match route-type {external [type-1 | type-2] | internal | level-1 | level-2 | local} To delete a match, use the no match route-type {local | internal | external [type-1 | type-2] | level-1 | level-2} command. Parameters Defaults external [type-1| type-2] Enter the keyword external then either type-1 or type-2 to match only on OSPF Type 1 routes or OSPF Type 2 routes.
match tag To redistribute only routes that match a specified tag value, configure a filter. Syntax match tag tag-value To remove a match, use the no match tag command. Parameters Defaults tag-value Enter a value as the tag on which to match. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters Defaults map-name Enter a text string of up to 140 characters to name the route map for easy identification. permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permit to set the route map default as permit. If you do not specify a keyword, the default is permit. deny (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword deny to set the route map default as deny. sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to identify the route map for editing and sequencing with other route maps.
set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter. Syntax set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number] To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command. Parameters Defaults prepend asnumber Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information. The range is from 1 to 65535. Not configured.
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.
no-export Enter the keywords no-export to drop all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT. All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary. Defaults none Enter the keyword none to remove the community attribute from routes meeting the route map criteria. additive (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword additive to add the communities to already existing communities. Not configured.
Defaults level-1-2 Enter the keyword level-1-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2. level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 2. stub-area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Implemented the keyword internal. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you configure the set next-hop command, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command in the ROUTER BGP mode.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set tag To specify a tag for redistributed routes, configure a filter. Syntax set tag tag-value To delete a setting, use the no set tag command. Parameters Defaults tag-value Enter a number as the tag. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Not configured.
set weight To add a non-RFC compliant attribute to the BGP route to assist with route selection, configure a filter. Syntax set weight weight To delete a weight specification, use the no set weight weight command. Parameters weight Enter a number as the weight used by the route meeting the route map specification. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is router-originated = 32768 and all other routes = 0.
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To apply the AS-PATH ACL to BGP routes, use the match as-path or neighbor filter-list commands.
IP Community List Commands IP community list commands are supported on the Dell EMC Networking OS. ip community-list Enter COMMUNITY-LIST mode and create an IP community-list for BGP. Syntax ip community-list comm-list-name To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command. Parameters comm-list-name Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500. ip access-list standard — configures a standard ACL. ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. feature udf-acl Enable udf-acl feature on a switch. Syntax feature udf-acl To disable the udf-acl feature, use the no feature udf-acl command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Example Command History Dell(conf)#feature udf-acl This guide is platform-specific.
Example Command History Dell(conf-udf-tcam)#key innerL3header udf-id 6 packetbase innerL3Header offset 0 length 2 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500. udf-tcam — creates a context for UDF TCAM.
permit ip Associate the UDF in IP access-list. Syntax permit ip {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} udf-pkt-format name udf-qualifier-value name To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous.
! key innerL3header udf-id 6 packetbase innerL3Header offset 0 length 2 match l2ethertype ipv4 ipprotocol 4 vlantag any udf-qualifier-value ipnip_val1 Dell(conf-udf-tcam)# udf-id Assign value for each configured UDF ID in the given UDF TCAM profile. Syntax udf-id id value mask To return to the default settings, use the no udf-id 1-12 value mask command. Parameters Defaults id Enter the UDF ID range. The range is from 1 to 12. value Enter the value for the UDF in Hex, up to 24 bytes.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500. udf-id — assigns value for each configured UDF ID in the given UDF TCAM profile. udf-tcam — creates a context for UDF TCAM. show config — displays the current UDF-Qualifier-Value Profile configuration. udf-tcam Create a context for UDF TCAM. Syntax udf-tcam name seq number To return to the default settings, use the no udf-tcam name seq number command.
6 802.1X 802.1X is a port-based Network Access Control (PNAC) that provides an authentication mechanism to devices wishing to attach to a LAN or WLAN. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell EMC Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.
• • • • • dot1x mac show show show tx-period dot1x cos-mapping interface dot1x interface dot1x profile debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all debugs in dot1x. auth-pae-fsm Enable Authentication PAE FSM debugs in dot1x. backend-fsm Enable Backend Auth FSM debugs in dot1x. eapol-pdu Enable EAPOL frame trace in dot1x.
To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [maxattempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: ● Enable 802.1X authentication globally on the switch and on the port (the dot1x authentication command). ● Enable MAC authentication bypass on the port (the dot1x mac-auth-bypass command).
Related Commands ● dot1x authentication (Interface) — enable dot1x on an interface. dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an interface, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048–ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9000 Series.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x max-supplicants Restrict the number of supplicants that can be authenticated and permitted to access the network through the port. This configuration is only takes effect in Multi-auth mode.
Parameters Defaults force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly de-authorize a port. None Command Modes Auto Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048–ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. The dot1x profile command configures a dot1x profile to define a list of trusted supplicant MAC addresses. Maximum number of dot1x profiles is limited to 10.
dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client. Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters Defaults interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which reauthentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (one year). The default is 3600 (1 hour).
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure the dot1x server-timeout value, take into account the communication medium used to communicate with an authentication server and the number of RADIUS servers configured.
● Ensure that no configured profile exists at the time of configuring the static-mab command. ● Use this command in Interface Batch Mode to enable static MAB in a dual-homing setup. Example DellEMC(conf)#do show dot1x interface twentyFiveGigE 1/41 802.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command.
mac Configure a list of supplicant MAC addresses for dot1x profile represented with a profile-name. Syntax [no] mac {mac-address1 mac-address2… mac-address6} Parameters Defaults mac-address1 mac-address2 … mac-address6 Enter the keyword mac and type the 48– bit MAC addresses using the H.H.H format. A maximum of 6 MAC addresses are allowed. None Command Modes DOT1X PROFILE CONFIG (conf-dot1x-profile) CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
4 5 6 7 DellEMC# 3 2 1 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. Syntax show dot1x interface interface [mac-address mac-address] Parameters Defaults interface Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
802.
Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: 100 Disable NONE NONE Enable Enable 3 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:11 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: DellEMC# AUTHORIZED(GUEST
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection.
ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced support for enabling BFD on non-default VRFs for IPv4 BGP, default, and non-default VRFs for IPv6 BGP on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, C9010, Z9500, and Z9100–ON. 9.11(2.
You can only enable BFD for VRRP in INTERFACE command mode (vrrp bfd all-neighbors). You can enable BFD on both default and nondefault VRFs for OSPF and BGP protocols for both IPv4 and IPv6 neighbors. NOTE: The bfd all-neighbors command is applicable for both IPv4 and IPv6 BGP sessions. bfd disable Disable BFD on an interface. Syntax bfd disable Re-enable BFD using the no bfd disable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd enable (Interface) Enable BFD on an interface.
Parameters interval milliseconds min_rx milliseconds Enter the keywords interval to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200. Dell EMC recommends using more than 100 milliseconds. Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system would like to receive control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 200.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced the vrf keyword on S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048TON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, C9010, Z9500, and Z9100–ON. 9.12(1.0) Introduced on the S5048F–ON. 9.11(2.5) Introduced the vrf keyword on the Z9100–ON. 9.11(0.0) Introduced the prefix-list keyword. 9.10(0.
● Passive — passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is Active. Defaults See Parameters. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.2) Introduced support for enabling BFD on non-default VRFs for OSPFv2. 9.10(0.
Defaults See Parameters. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2.0.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, C9010, and the Z9500. 9.12(1.0) Introduced on the S5048F–ON. 9.11(2.5) Introduced the ipv6 route bfd command on the Z9100–ON.
Usage Information When you enable a BFD session with a specified BGP neighbor or peer group using the bfd neighbor command, the default BFD session parameters are used (interval: 200 milliseconds, min_rx: 200 milliseconds, multiplier: 3 packets, and role: active) if you have not specified parameters with the bfd neighbor command.
Usage Information When you explicitly disable a BGP neighbor for a BFD session with the neighbor bfd disable command: ● The neighbor does not inherit the global BFD disable values configured with the bfd neighbor command or configured for the peer group to which the neighbor belongs. ● The neighbor only inherits the global timer values configured with the bfd neighbor command: interval, min_rx, and multiplier.
Example Version Description 8.4.1.3 Added support for BFD for BGP on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for BFD for VLAN and port-channel interfaces on the E-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced BFD on physical ports on the E-Series. The following example shows the show bfd neighbors command output for the default VRF.
vrrp bfd Establish a VRRP BFD session. Syntax vrrp bfd {all-neighbors | neighbor ip-address} [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To undo your VRRP BFD configuration, use the no vrrp bfd {all-neighbors | neighbor ip-address } [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command. Parameters all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all BFD neighbors on an interface. neighbor ip- Enter the IP address of the BFD neighbor.
8 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for IPv6 VRF. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
path-count Defaults Enter the number paths supported. The range is from 2 to 64. Disabled Command Modes ● ROUTER BGP ● ROUTER BGP-address-family Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced command. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp asnotation Allows you to implement a method for AS number representation in the command line interface (CLI).
bgp asnotation asdot DellEMC(conf)#router bgp 1 DellEMC(conf-router_bgp)# bgp asnotation asdot+ DellEMC(conf-router_bgp)# ex DellEMC(conf)#do show run | grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support bgp asnotation asdot+ DellEMC(conf)#router bgp 1 DellEMC(conf-router_bgp)# bgp asnotation asplain DellEMC(conf-router_bgp)# ex DellEMC(conf)#do show run |grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support DellEMC(conf)# Related Commands ● bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process.
bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax Include prefixes received from different AS paths during multipath calculation. Syntax bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax To return to the default BGP routing process, use the no bgp bestpath as-path multipathrelax command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The software compares the MEDs only if the path contains no external autonomous system numbers.
bgp bestpath router-id ignore Do not compare router-id information for external paths during best path selection. Syntax bgp bestpath router-id ignore To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath router-id ignore command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When a BGP cluster contains only one route reflector, the cluster ID is the route reflector’s router ID. For redundancy, a BGP cluster may contain two or more route reflectors. Assign a cluster ID with the bgp cluster-id command. Without a cluster ID, the route reflector cannot recognize route updates from the other route reflectors within the cluster.
The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation. Dell EMC Networking OS accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute. The software sends AS_CONFED_SET and accepts AS_CONFED_SET and AS_CONF_SEQ.
Usage Information All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. After specifying autonomous systems numbers for the BGP confederation, recycle the peers to update their configuration. Related Commands ● bgp confederation identifier — configure a confederation ID.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If you enter the bgp dampening command, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and max-suppress-time are applied.
Usage Information All routers apply the bgp default local-preference command setting within the AS. To set the local preference for a specific route, use the set local-preference command in ROUTE-MAP mode. Related Commands ● set local-preference — assign a local preference value for a specific route. bgp dmzlink-bw Enables BGP Link Bandwidth. Z9500 Syntax bgp dmzlink-bw To disable BGP Link Bandwidth, enter the no bgp dmzlink-bw command.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The bgp fast-external-fallover command appears in the show config command output.
For more information about using the 2 byte or 4-byte format, refer to the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide. This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect. bgp graceful-restart To support graceful restart as a receiver only, enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router.
bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. Syntax bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, use the no bgp log-neighbor-changes command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. In Non-Deterministic mode, paths are compared in the order in which they arrive.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.
Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if no Loopback interfaces are configured, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are re-evaluated. With this command, the replay and update process is triggered only if route-refresh request is not negotiated with the peer.
Parameters Defaults 100-102400000 Enter a size for the capture buffer. 40960000 bytes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies. NOTE: You must execute the clear ip bgp soft out command when ever there is a change in the local policy. If you do not run this command after a local policy change, then these policy changes are not reflected in the responses to the peer’s route refresh messages. dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear the flap dampening information.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear information on route dampening corresponding to that VRF NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF. You can also use this attribute to return the suppressed routes corresponding to a specific VRF to an active state. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to clear the ipv4 multicast routes.
clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. Z9500 Syntax clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] [flap-statistics [ipv4-address mask | ipv6–address mask] | filter-list aspath-name | regexp regular-expression] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear BGP flap statistics corresponding to that VRF.
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
events Enter the keyword events to view BGP protocol events. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 IP address to view the IPV4 route information. ipv6 Enter the ipv6 IP address to view the IPV6 route information. keepalives Enter the keyword keepalives to view BGP keepalives. notifications Enter the keyword notifications to view BGP notifications. softreconfiguration Enter the keywords soft-reconfiguration to view only information on inbound BGP soft reconfiguration.
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
debug ip bgp events Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-groupname] events [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] events [in | out] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display BGP state changes corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.
debug ip bgp keepalives Display information about BGP keepalive messages. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-groupname] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display BGP keepalive information corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.
debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-groupname] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] command.
debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group-name] softreconfiguration To disable, use the debug ip bgp [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group-name] softreconfiguration command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable soft-reconfiguration debugging on that VRF. A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-groupname] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-listname] command.
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command.
deny bandwidth Enables you to specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to deny incoming or outgoing traffic. Syntax deny bandwidth To disable this setting, enter the no deny bandwidth command. Parameters Defaults bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to specify extended-community attribute as the matching criteria for denying traffic. The range is from 0 to 102400.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. ● router bgp — enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance bgp Define an administrative distance for routes.
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. CAUTION: Dell EMC Networking recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table.
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI (Address Family Identifier/ Subsequent Address Family Identifier). Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate command.
neighbor add-path This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to send/receive multiple path advertisements. Syntax Parameters neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] add-path [send | receive | both] path-count ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults send Enter the keyword send to indicate that the system sends multiple paths to peers.
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. seconds Defaults Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, between BGP advertisements. The range is from 0 to 600 seconds. The default is 5 seconds for internal BGP peers and 30 seconds for external BGP peers. ● seconds = 5 seconds (internal peers) ● seconds = 30 seconds (external peers) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information You cannot set this configuration for a peer that is associated with a peer group. Similarly, you cannot associate a peer to a peer group if that peer is already configured with these settings. Related Commands ● bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process.
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If you apply a route map to a BGP peer or neighbor with the neighbor default-originate command configured, the software does not apply the set filters in the route map to that BGP peer or neighbor. When you configure a route-map for a BGP peer or peer group with the neighbor defaultoriginate command, the command checks for the existence of the route in BGP RIB.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Other BGP filtering commands include: neighbor filter-list, ip as-path access-list, and neighbor route-map. Related Commands ● neighbor route-map — assign a route map to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor dmzlink-bw Attaches a Link Bandwidth to received routes. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group} dmzlink-bw To disable BGP Link Bandwidth, enter the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group} dmzlink-bw command.
ttl Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of hops as the Time to Live (ttl) value. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 255. Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, ACL names were up to 16 characters long. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure the AS-PATH filters to deny or permit BGP routes based on information in their AS-PATH attribute, use the ip as-path access-list command in CONFIGURATION mode.
neighbor local-as To accept external routes from neighbors with a local AS number in the AS number path, configure Internal BGP (IBGP) routers. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} local-as as-number [no-prepend] To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} local-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group.
to which the neighbor belongs or you enter the neighbor shutdown and neighbor no shutdown commands. Related Commands ● show ip bgp summary — display the current BGP configuration. neighbor next-hop-self Allows you to configure the router as the next hop for a BGP neighbor. (This command is used for IBGP). C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self command.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
peer-group-name Enter the name of a configured peer group. dmzlink-bw Defaults Enter the keyword dmzlink-bw to attach a link bandwidth to received routes. NOTE: If dmzlink-bw is configured for a peer, in order for the BGP peer to advertise the prefixes with dmzlink-bw attached to it, you must reset the the peer or peer-group using the clear ip bgp session command. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters Defaults peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added 4-byte support. Applies to EBGP neighbors only.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster. Neighbors in the cluster do not need not to be fully meshed.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified. BGP stores all the updates the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. You cannot set this configuration for a peer that is associated with a peer group.
To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group. Defaults keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds.
To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} update-source interface command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group. interface Defaults Enter the keyword loopback then a number of the Loopback interface. The range is from 0 to 16383. Not configured.
Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
route-map map- name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: ● match ip address ● set community ● set local-preference ● set metric ● set next-hop ● set origin ● set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
network backdoor Specify this IGP route as the preferred route. Syntax network ip-address mask backdoor To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask backdoor command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, / 24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured.
Command Modes EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
route-map map- name Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route map. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Use the no shutdown address-family-ipv4–unicast command to enable all the configured BGP neighbors corresponding to the multicast IPv4 address families. Command Modes ROUTER BGP CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, MXL, and IOM. You can use this command to disable all the configured BGP neighbors corresponding to the multicast IPv4 address families. This command is global for all VRFs.
set extcommunity bandwidth Enables you to set extended community bandwidth. Syntax set extcommunity bandwidth To disable extended community bandwidth, enter the no set extcommunity bandwidth command. Parameters Defaults bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to enable extended community bandwidth. The range is from 0 to 102400. N/A Command Modes ROUTER MAP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
*> *> Network 55.0.0.0/24 66.0.0.0/24 Next Hop 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0 200 i 0 200 i All the show and debugs commands display the link band width extended-community prefixed with DMZLink-bw along with other extended communities. DellEMC# show ip bgp 3.3.3.0/24 BGP routing table entry for 3.3.3.0/24 Paths: (1 available, table Default-IP-Routing-Table.) Not advertised to any peer Received from : 1.1.1.2 (3.3.3.1) Best AS_PATH : Next-Hop : 1.1.1.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
show ip bgp community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] community [community-number] [local-as] [no-export] [no-advertise] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information either on all routes with community attributes or specific BGP community routes corresponding to that VRF.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command.
show ip bgp community-list View routes that a specific community list affects. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] community-list community-list-name [exact-match] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
show ip bgp detail Display BGP internal information for the IPv4 Unicast address family. Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] detail Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
PeerIdBitsP 0x41967120 : softOutSz 16 : RibUpdCtxCBP 0 UpdPeerCtxCBP 0 : UpdPeerCtxAFI 0 : TcpioCtxCB 0 : RedistBlk 1 NextCBPurg 1101119536 : NumPeerToPurge 0 : PeerIBGPCnt 0 : NonDet 0 : DfrdPathSel 0 BGPRst 0 : NumGrCfg 1 : DfrdTmestmp 0 : SnmpTrps 0 : IgnrBestPthASP 0 RstOn 1 : RstMod 1 : RstRole 2 : AFFalgs 7 : RstInt 120 : MaxeorExtInt 361 FixedPartCrt 1 : VarParCrt 1 Packet Capture max allowed length 40960000 : current length 0 Peer Grp List Nbr List Confed Peer List Address Family specific Informatio
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
as-path-name Enter an AS-PATH access list name. The range is 140 characters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.
BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network *> 55.0.0.0/24 *> 66.0.0.0/24 DellEMC# Next Hop 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0 200 400 500 600 i 0 200 500 i show ip bgp flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes corresponding to the VRF that contain inconsistent originating AS numbers. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific.
*> *> 3.18.135.0/24 * * * *> 4.0.0.0/8 * * * * 6.0.0.0/20 * *> * * 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.
advertisedroutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertised-routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent. dampened-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords dampened-routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view neighbor-specific internal information for the IPv4 Unicast address family. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to view flap statistics on the neighbor’s routes.
Usage Information After a peer reset, the contents of the notification log messages is displayed in hex values for debugging. The neighbor information that this command displays does not include counts corresponding to ignored prefixes and updates. However, the martian case is an exception where neighbor information corresponding to ignored updates is displayed. BGP shows the exact information that is exchanged between the BGP peers.
Example The Lines Beginning with: Description Foreign host: Displays the peering address of the neighbor and the TCP port number. DellEMC# show ip bgp neighbors 172.16.0.2 BGP neighbor is 172.16.0.2, remote AS 200, external link Member of peer-group port0 for session parameters BGP remote router ID 172.16.0.
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
● * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). ● + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). ● ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count.
Example DellEMC# show ip bgp paths ? community Display community information extcommunity Display extended community information regexp Display path information based on a regular expression | Pipe through a command DellEMC#show ip bgp paths Total 2 Paths Refcount Metric Path 1 0 200 i 1 0 200 i DellEMC# show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database.
0x1ea3c0d4 0x1ea3c224 0x1ea3c294 0x1ea3c02c Dell# 764 1019 1019 1021 1 1 1 4 {82 83} 43 23 show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] paths community Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example 402 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Refcount 1 1 DellEMC# Community NO-ADVERTISE 200:1 1000:1 3000:1 show ip bgp peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] peer-group [peer-group-name [detail | summary]] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf to view information on BGP peers in a peer group corresponding to that VRF.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp peer-group command shown in the following example. Line beginning Description with: Example Peer-group Displays the peer group’s name.
NOTE: You can use this attribute to view the subset of BGP routing tables that match the regular expression that is specified on either a default or a non-default VRF. regularexpression [ character ] Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: ● . = (period) any single character (including a white space). ● * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). ● + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences).
Example Field Description Metric Displays the BGP router’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight Path Lists all the AS paths the route passed through to reach the destination network. DellEMC# show ip bgp regexp ^200 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. In BGP, route attributes are maintained at different locations.
Field Description OutQ Displays the number of messages waiting to be sent to that neighbor. If a number appears in parentheses, the number represents the number of messages waiting to be sent to the peer group. Up/Down Displays the amount of time that the neighbor is in the Established stage. If the neighbor has never moved into the Established stage, the word never is displayed.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. DellEMC# show running-config bgp ! router bgp 100 network 1.1.11.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. CAUTION: Dell EMC Networking recommends not changing the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
deny To reject (deny) from the two types of extended communities, route origin (rt) or site-of-origin (soo), use this feature. Syntax deny {rt | soo} {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN} To remove (delete) the rule, use the no deny {rt | soo} {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN} command. Parameters Defaults rt Enter the keyword rt to designate a Route Origin community. soo Enter the keyword soo to designate a Site-of-Origin community (also known as Route Origin).
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Duplicate commands are silently accepted. Dell(conf-ext-community-list)#deny regexp 123 Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# permit regex — permits a community using a regular expression. description To designate a meaningful description to the extended community, use this feature.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This mode changes the prompt.
permit To add rules (permit) from the two types of extended communities, Route Origin (rt) or Site-of-Origin (soo), use this feature. Syntax permit {rt | soo} {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN} To change the rules, use the no permit {rt | soo} {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN} command. Parameters Defaults rt Enter the keyword rt to designate a Route Origin community. soo Enter the keyword soo to designate a Site-of-Origin community (also known as Route Origin).
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Duplicate commands are silently accepted. Dell(conf-ext-community-list)#permit regexp 123 Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# deny regex — denies a community using a regular expression. set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: ● If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets. ● If the rt option comes after soo, without the additive option, rt overrides the communities soo sets. ● If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets.
● If the rt option comes after soo, without the additive option, rt overrides the communities soo sets. ● If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets. Related Commands ● set extcommunity rt — set the extended community route origins using the route-map. show ip bgp ipv4 extcommunity-list To display the IPv4 routes matching the extended community list name, use this feature.
300:400 500:600 Extended Communities : RT:1111:4278080 SoO:35:4 SoO:36:50529043 SoO:37:50529044 SoO:38:50529045 SoO:0.0.0.2:33 SoO:506.62106:34 0x0303:254:11223* Dell# show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific.
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. Syntax show ip extcommunity-list [word] Parameters word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
Example Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show running-config extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test permit rt 65033:200 deny soo 101.11.11.2:23 permit rt as4 110212:340 deny regex ^(65001_)$ Dell# IPv6 BGP Commands IPv6 border gateway protocol (IPv6 BGP) is supported on the platform. BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between Autonomous Systems (AS).
unicast Defaults Enter the keyword unicast to specify multicast as SAFI. IPv6 Unicast Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced All subsequent commands apply to this address family after you execute this command. You can exit from this AFI/SAFI to the IPv6 Unicast (the default) family by entering exit and returning to the Router BGP context.
The summary-only parameter suppresses all advertisements. If you want to suppress advertisements to only specific neighbors, use the neighbor distribute-list command. In the show ip bgp command, aggregates contain an ‘a’ in the first column and routes suppressed by the aggregate contain an ‘s’ in the first column. bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs.
To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, use the no bgp bestpath med confed command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced The software compares the MEDs only if the path contains no external autonomous system numbers. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path.
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID. number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.
bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map mapname] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress maxsuppress-time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased.
value, the more the route is preferred. The range is 0 to 4294967295. The default is 100. Defaults 100 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced The bgp default local-preference command setting is applied by all routers within the AS. bgp enforce-first-as Disable (or enable) enforce-first-as check for udates received from EBGP peers.
Usage Information The bgp fast-external-fallover command appears in the show config command output. bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command. Defaults Disabled (supports 2-Byte format). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, use the no bgp log-neighbor-changes command.
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution via BGP learned routes.
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if you do not configure Loopback interfaces, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router.
capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Set the size of the BGP packet capture buffer. This buffer size pertains to both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. C-Series, E-Series Syntax capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size 100-102400000 Parameters Defaults 100-102400000 Enter a size for the capture buffer. 40960000 bytes Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.
clear ip bgp ipv6-address Reset BGP sessions specific to an IPv6 address on the E-Series. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection.
NOTE: If you enter clear ip bgp ip6-address soft, both inbound and outbound policies are reset. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp as-number Reset BGP sessions on the E-Series.
clear ip bgp ipv6 dampening Clear information on route dampening and return suppressed route to active state. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening [ipv6-address] ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information If you enter clear ip bgp flap-statistics without any parameters, all statistics are cleared. Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics – views BGP flap statistics. clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast Reset MBGP sessions. E-Series Syntax clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast * ipv6-address prefix-length [dampening | flapstatistics] peer-group] Parameters * Enter the character * to clear all peers.
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. E-Series Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [network | filter-list list | regexp regexp] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format to clear flap statistics. filter-list list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH list A maximum of 16 characters.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. debug ip bgp ipv6 dampening View information on IPv6 routes being dampened. C-Series, E-Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command.
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening View information on routes being dampened. E-Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast updates View information about BGP updates.
Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group peer- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords peer-group followed by the name of the peer group-name group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view BGP notifications received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications sent to neighbors.
default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. C-Series, E-Series Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters Defaults number Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. The range is 1 to 4294967295. 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command. Parameters external-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is 1 to 255. The default is 20. internal-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. The range is 1 to 255. The default is 200. local-distance Defaults Enter a number to assign to routes learned from networks listed in the network command. The range is 1 to 255. The default is 200.
maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. C-Series, E-Series Syntax maximum-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths. The range is 1 to 16.
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map mapname] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list. C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install default routes of the multihop peer. Networks not directly connected are not considered valid for best path selection. neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors.
Defaults in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound BGP routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound BGP routes. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received.
neighbor next-hop-self Allows you to configure the router as the next hop for a BGP neighbor. (This command is used for IBGP). C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
● neighbor route-reflector-client ● neighbor send-community A neighbor may keep its configuration after it was added to a peer group if the neighbor’s configuration is more specific than the peer group’s, and the neighbor’s configuration does not affect outgoing updates. A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it. If the peer group is disabled (shutdown), the peers within the group are also disabled (shutdown). Related Commands ● ● ● ● clear ip bgp – resets BGP sessions.
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information After you configure a peer group as passive, you must assign it a subnet using the neighbor subnet command. Related Commands neighbor subnet – assigns a subnet to a dynamically-configured BGP neighbor. neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor.
Defaults Disabled (that is, private AS number are not removed). Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Applies to EBGP neighbors only. If the AS-PATH contains both public and private AS number or contains AS numbers of an EBGP neighbor, the private AS numbers are not removed.
neighbor route-reflector-client Configure a neighbor as a member of a route reflector cluster. C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} route-reflector-client To indicate that the neighbor is not a route reflector client or to delete a route reflector configuration, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} route-reflector-client command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound Enable a BGP soft-reconfiguration and start storing updates for inbound IPv6 unicast routes. Syntax neighbor {ipv4-address | ipv6-address | peer-group-name} softreconfiguration inbound Parameters ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates. Defaults Disabled.
Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} shutdown command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
holdtime Defaults Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. The range is 3 to 65535. The default is 180 seconds. ● keepalive = 60 seconds ● holdtime = 180 seconds Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Timer values configured with the neighbor timers command override the timer values configured with the timers bgp command.
neighbor weight Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path. C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} weight weight To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} weight weight command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. C-Series, E-Series Syntax network ipv6-address prefix-length [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Though FTOS does not generate a route due to backdoor config, there is an option for injecting/ sourcing a local route in presence of network backdoor config on a learned route. redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP.
Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. The range is 1 to 65535. match external {1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external | 2} routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPFv3 internal routes only. route-map map- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map.
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced ● capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet. ● clear ip bgp – specifies a size for the capture buffer. show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration.
Command History Example Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.
show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show ip bgp paths community Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique Extended community information in the BGP database. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.
Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ipv6 prefix-list Displays the specified IPv6 prefix list. Syntax show ipv6 prefix-list detail {prefix-list name} | summary Parameters detail Display a detailed description of the selected IPv6 prefix list. prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. summary Display a summary of RPF routes.
Usage Information When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. C-Series, E-Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list [cluster-id] cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list community-list-name [exact-match] Parameters community-listname Enter the name of a configured IP community list. exact-match (OPTIONAL) Enter exact-match to display only for an exact match of the communities. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list [list name] list name Enter the extended community list name you wish to view. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.
regexp regular- expression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: ● . = (period) any single character (including a white space). ● * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). ● + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). ● ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression.
dampened-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords dampened-routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view neighbor-specific internal information for the IPv6 address family. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to view flap statistics on the neighbor’s routes. routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes.
For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is RR-CLIENT-PASSIV, peer-group internal, Number of peers in this group 1 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 9000::9:2* FTOS# show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. FTOS# show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 55.55.55.
Defaults ● keepalive = 60 seconds ● holdtimer = 180 seconds Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor timers – adjusts BGP timers for a specific peer or peer group. IPv6 MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables the multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (AS).
9 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) You can use content addressable memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. NOTE: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell EMC Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
number | fcoe number} [iscsioptacl number] [ipv4udfmirracl number] [ipv4mirracl number]][vrfv4acl number] Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings and set the CAM as follows: ● L2Acl : 6 ● IPV4Acl : 4 ● IPV6Acl : 0 ● IPV4Qos : 2 ● L2Qos : 1 ● L2PT : 0 ● IpMacAcl : 0 ● VmanQos : 0 ● VmanDualQos : 0 ● EcfmAcl : 0 ● nlbclusteracl: 0 ● FcoeAcl : 0 ● iscsiOptAcl : 0 ● ipv4pbr : 0 ● ipv4udfmirracl: 0 ● Openflow : 0 ● fedgovacl : 0 l2acl number Enter the keyword l2acl and then the number of l2ac
Ipv4pbr number Enter the keyword ipv4pbr and then the number of FP blocks for ipv4pbr ACL. The range is from 0 to 8. Openflow number Enter the keyword openflow and then the number of FP blocks for open flow (multiples of 4). The range is from 0 to 8. fcoeacl number Enter the keyword fcoeacl and then the number of FP blocks for FCOE ACL. The range is from 0 to 6. Iscsioptacl Enter the keyword iscsioptacl and then the number of FP blocks for iSCSI optimization ACL. The range is from 0 to 2.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(0.2) Added support for fcoe. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.2 Clarified block information for the S4810. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vman-dual-qos. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. cam-optimization Optimize CAM utilization for QoS Entries by minimizing require policy-map CAM space. Syntax cam-optimization [qos] Parameters Defaults qos Optimize CAM usage for QoS. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information 478 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
cam-threshold Configure CAM threshold value for sending the syslog message on CAM usage. Configure silence period for stop receiving syslog message on CAM usage. Syntax cam-threshold threshold {default | threshold-percent} silence-period {default | silence-period-value} Defaults Enabled Parameters threshold default Enter the keyword default for CAM usage threshold for notification of the CAM usage through syslog message. The default threshold value is 90 percent.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
L2Acl : Ipv4Acl : Ipv6Acl : Ipv4Qos : L2Qos : L2PT : IpMacAcl : VmanQos : EcfmAcl : FcoeAcl : iscsiOptAcl : ipv4pbr : vrfv4Acl : Openflow : fedgovacl : nlbclusteracl: DellEMC# 1 block = 256 entries 2 4 4 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 show cam-usage Display the amount of memory space used and available in each CAM partition (including Layer 2 ACL, Layer 3 ACL, and IPv4Flow) Syntax Parameters Defaults show cam-usage [acl | router | switch] acl (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword acl to display Layer 2 and Layer 3 A
Table 3.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Important Points to Remember ● All line cards/Stack Members within a single system must have the same UFT mode profiles. This profile must match the system UFT mode profile (the profile on the primary route processor module [RPM]/ Master Unit of the Stack). ● Apply the UFT mode configuration to the entire system when you use the CONFIGURATION mode commands. Save the running-configuration to affect the change. ● Save the changes and reboot the system for UFT mode profiling to take effect.
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500 switch. DellEMC#show hardware forwarding-table mode Mode L2 MAC Entries L3 Host Entries L3 Route Entries : : : : Current Settings Default 160K 144K 16K Next Boot Settings scaled-l3-hosts 96K 208K 16K DellEMC# Related Commands hardware forwarding-table mode — selects the mode to initialize the maximum scalability size for L2 MAC table or L3 Host table or L3 Route table.
10 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. There are three line cards (0-2) with fixed ports on the Z9500. Line card 0 uses three sets of ports (port pipes): 0 to 2; line cards 1 and 2 use four sets of ports: 0 to 3. ● On line card 0, port set 0 consists of ports 0–44; port set 1 consists of ports 48–92; port set 2 consists of ports 96–140.
control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Create a policy-map by associating a queue number with the qos-policy. Create QoS policies prior to enabling this command. For CoPP, use the keyword cpu-qos when creating qos-policy-input.
For CoPP, use the keyword cpu-qos when creating qos-policy-input. Related Commands ● ● ● ● ● ip access-list extended — creates an extended IP ACL. mac access-list extended — creates an extended MAC ACL. qos-policy-input — creates a QoS input policy map. class-map — creates a QoS class map. policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. show control-traffic protocol Display per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic.
802.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. In the show output, Rx Bytes displays the number of bytes of control-plane traffic received, on which queue-based rate limiting is applied.
Usage Information Example This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL rules. Create ACL and QoS policies prior to enabling this command. DellEMC#show cpu-queue rate cp Service-Queue Rate (PPS) -----------------------Q0 600 Q1 1000 Q2 300 Q3 1300 Q4 2000 Q5 400 Q6 400 Q7 400 Q8 600 Q9 600 Q10 600 Q11 300 DellEMC# Burst (Packets) ---------512 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 show ip protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured protocol.
TCP (FTP) ICMP IGMP TCP (MSDP) UDP (NTP) OSPF PIM UDP (RIP) TCP (SSH) TCP (TELNET) VRRP DellEMC# any any any any/639 any any any any any any any 21 any any 639/any 123 any any 520 22 23 any _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Q6 Q6 Q11 Q11 Q6 Q9 Q11 Q9 Q6 Q6 Q10 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured IPv6 protocol. Syntax show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured.
show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for the MAC protocols. Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Usage Information The show output displays information on CPU traffic flows for all protocols, including the ingress queue at which the traffic is queued and the CPU to which protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps). The egress port queues on CPUs are abbreviated as: RP (Route Processor), CP (Control Processor), and LC (line card). Command History This guide is platform-specific.
2000 OSPF 2000 RIP 1000 VRRP 2000 ICMP 2000 IGMP 2000 PIM 2000 MSDP 2000 BFD 3000 802.
500 STATION MOVE 500 498 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Q20 LP 200 200 500
11 Data Center Bridging (DCB) Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
Parameters Defaults pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range. To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. The range is from 1 to 4. The default is 2 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
clear pfc counters sfm backplane all Clear the PFC counters on sfm and backplane ports. Syntax Parameters Defaults clear pfc counters sfm <0-5/all> backplane all backplane all Enter the keywords all backplane all to clear the counters on all interfaces. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
dot1p Value in Description heading the Incoming Frame 4 2 5 3 6 3 7 3 show dcb Displays the data center bridging status, the number of PFC-enabled ports, and the number of PFC-enabled queues. Syntax Show dcb linecard <0-2> port-set <0-3> Parameters unit number Enter the linecard number. The range is from 0 to 2. port-set number Enter the port-set number. The range is from 0 to 3. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. To clear the PFC TLV counters, use the clear pfc counters interface port-type slot/ port command. The following describes the show interface pfc summary command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Interface type with linecard and port number. Admin mode is on PFC admin mode is on or off with a list of the configured PFC priorities.
Example (Summary) Field Description Application Priority TLV: Remote ISCSI Priority Map Status of iSCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs from the remote peer port: enabled or disabled. PFC TLV Statistics: Input TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs received. PFC TLV Statistics: Output TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs transmitted. PFC TLV Statistics: Error pkts Number of PFC error packets received. PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Tx pkts Number of PFC pause frames transmitted.
0 Input TLV pkts, 1 Output TLV pkts, 0 Error pkts, 0 Pause Tx pkts, 0 Pause Rx pkts show interface pfc statistics Displays counters for the PFC frames received and transmitted (by dot1p priority class) on an interface. Syntax Parameters show interface port-type slot/port pfc statistics port-type Enter the port type. slot/port Enter the slot/port number. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. By default, iSCSI is enabled on the unit and the flow control is enabled on all of the interfaces. It is also acts as defaults when the link-level flow control is enabled on one or more interfaces. To enable DCB, do one of the following: ● Apply the dcb-map command with the no pfc-mode command on to all the interfaces. ● Disable flow-control on all of the interfaces. clear ets counters Clear all ETS TLV counters on an interface.
Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mpbs) Burst(KB) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,4,5,6,7 50 400 100 4000 400 ETS 1 3 50 ETS 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Bur
You can enable ETS recommend TLVs (ets-reco) only if you enable ETS configuration TLVs (etsconf). To disable TLV transmission, use the no form of the command; for example, no advertise dcbx-tlv pfc ets-reco. DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers. Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch. To verify the DCBX configuration on a port, use the show interface dcbx detail command.
● ieee-v2: configures the port to use IEEE 802.1az (Draft 2.5). Defaults Auto Command Modes INTERFACE PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
Defaults 0x8 Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. This command is available at the global level only.
The following describes the show interface dcbx detail command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Interface type with chassis slot and port number. Port-Role Configured the DCBX port role: auto-upstream, auto-downstream, config-source, or manual. DCBX Operational Status Operational status (enabled or disabled) used to elect a configuration source and internally propagate a DCB configuration. The DCBX operational status is the combination of PFC and ETS operational status.
Example Field Description Total DCBX Frames transmitted Number of DCBX frames sent from the local port. Total DCBX Frames received Number of DCBX frames received from the remote peer port. Total DCBX Frame errors Number of DCBX frames with errors received. Total DCBX Frames unrecognized Number of unrecognizable DCBX frames received.
Parameters Defaults map-name Enter a DCB map name. The maximum number of alphanumeric characters is 32. None. There are no pre-configured PFC and ETS settings on S5000 Ethernet interfaces. Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. A DCB map is a template used to configure DCB parameters and apply them on converged Ethernet interfaces.
dot1p1_groupnum dot1p2_groupnum dot1p3_groupnum dot1p4_groupnum dot1p5_groupnum dot1p6_groupnum dot1p7_groupnum Defaults None Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. PFC and ETS settings are not pre-configured on Ethernet ports. You must use the dcb-map command to configure different groups of 802.1p priorities with PFC and ETS settings. Using the priority-pgid command, you assign each 802.1p priority to one priority group.
strict-priority Configure the priority-group traffic to be handled with strict priority scheduling. Strict-priority traffic is serviced first, before bandwidth allocated to other priority groups is made available. pfc {on | off} Configure whether priority-based flow control is enabled (on) or disabled (off) for port traffic in the priority group. Committed/Peak Enter the bandwidth percentage for the priority group.
dcb-policy buffer-threshold sfm all port-set all backplane all Assign the DCB policy to all sfm and backplane ports interfaces. This setting takes precedence over the global buffer-threshold interface configuration. Syntax dcb-policy buffer-threshold sfm all port-set all backplane all Parameters Defaults buffer-threshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold None. Command Modes GLOBAL CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size sfm all Configure the maximum amount of shared buffer size for PFC packets on all sfm ports in kilobytes. Syntax Parameters Defaults dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size sfm all KB Enter a number in the range from 0 to 11210. The default is 3328KB for Z9500 platform. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
priority value buffer-size size pause-threshold threshold-value resumeoffset threshold-value shared-threshold-weight size Dell(conf-dcb-buffer-thr)#priority 0 buffer-size 52 pause-threshold 16 resume-offset 10 shared-threshold-weight 7 priority Syntax priority value buffer-size size pause-threshold threshold-value resumeoffset threshold-value shared-threshold-weight size Parameters priority Specify the priority of the queue for which the buffer space settings apply value Enter a number in the range o
show linecard port-set backplane all Displays the PFC buffer threshold assigned to a QoS policy. Syntax Parameters show linecard <0-2/all> port-set <0-3/all> backplane all [pfc bufferthreshold | details | statistics] | [ ets details] detail Enter the keyword detail for a full list of results. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Max Supported PG is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters: -------------------Admin is enabled PG-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,4,5,6,7 50 % ETS 1 3 50 % ETS 2 3 4 5 6 7 - show sfm backplane all pfc buffer-threshold Displays the PFC buffer threshold assigned to a QoS policy.
Local is enabled, Priority list is 3 Link Delay 65535 pause quantum 0 Pause Tx pkts, 0 Pause Rx pkts Dell#sh sfm 0 backplane all pfc statistics sfm 0 backplane port 0 Priority Rx XOFF Frames Rx Total Frames Tx Total Frames ------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 Example of show sfm 0 backplane all ets details output Dell#sh sfm 0 backplane all ets details sfm 0 backplane all Max Supported PG is 4 Number of
size Size of the ingress buffer in KB. Enter a number in the range from 0 to 7787. The default is 45KB. pause-threshold Buffer limit for pause frames to be sent threshold-value Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. Enter a number in the range from 0 to 7787. The default is 10KB. resume-offset Buffer offset limit for resuming in KB threshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. Enter a number in the range from 1 to 7787. The default is 10KB.
Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues. By configuring four lossless queues, you can configure four different priorities and assign a particular priority to each application that your network is used to process. For example, you can assign a higher priority for time-sensitive applications and a lower priority for other services, such as file transfers.
number Default Enter a weight for the queue on the shared buffer as a number in the range of 1 to 11. The default threshold weight on the shared buffer for each queue is 9. Therefore, each queue can consume up to 66.67 percent of available shared buffer by default. Command Modes INTERFACE mode Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.
Parameters name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. The following table describes the output fields displayed for the show command: Table 4.
Table 5. Output Description for show running–config buffer–threshold command (continued) Example Field Description resume-threshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB.
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Configure the maximum buffer available for PFC traffic. You can choose to increase or decrease the buffer size that is allocated in the system by default. However, if you modify the PFC buffer size to be lower than the previously configured PFC buffer size, the system determines whether this reduction in size is valid without disrupting the existing configuration. In such a scenario, disable and re-enable DCB.
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information PFC and ETS are enabled by default on the interfaces when DCB is globally enabled (refer to dcb enable). In some network topology, you may want to disable PFC on an interface and apply link level flow control; Similarly you may want to disable ETS on an interface and apply QoS bandwidth configurations. Limitations ● “dcb-map” CLI on interface is mutually exclusive to “no dcb ets enable” and “no dcb pfc enable”.
12 Debugging and Diagnostics Use the debugging and diagnostics commands described in this chapter to troubleshoot switch operation.
Related Commands logging coredump server – designates a server to upload kernel core-dumps. logging coredump server Enable the platform to send application core dumps to an FTP server. Syntax logging coredump server {ftp-server | ip-address | ipv6-address} username (ftp-username | name} password [type] {ftp-password | password} Parameters ftp-server Enter the hostname or IP address of the FTP server where Dell Networking OS sends application core dumps.
NOTE: You must disable logging coredump before you designate a new server destination for your core dumps. Offline Diagnostic Commands The offline diagnostics test suite is useful for isolating faults and debugging hardware. While tests are running, Dell EMC Networking OS results are saved as a text file (TestReport-SU-X.txt) in the flash directory. This show file command is available only on master and standby. Important Points to Remember ● Offline diagnostics can only be run when the unit is offline.
Defaults testname name Enter the testname name parameters to run a specified offline diagnostic test. Enclose the test-case name in double quotes (“ “). For example: diag level1 testname “first”. terminate Enter the keyword terminate to stop the offline diagnostic tests that are running. All offline diagnostic tests are run on all Z9500 CPUs (Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards).
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added a warning message to the off-line diagnostic. 7.7.1.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. You cannot enter this command on a Master or Standby unit. The system reboots when the off-line diagnostics complete. This reboot is an automatic process. A warning message appears when the offline stack-unit command is implemented. Warning - Diagnostic execution will cause stack-unit to reboot after completion of diags.
Diag status of linecard member 0: -------------------------------------------------------------------------linecard is currently offline. linecard level0 diag issued at Wed Jan 08, 2014 04:39:57 AM. Current diag status : Card diags are in progress. Last notification received at Wed Jan 08, 2014 04:40:04 AM Last notification message : Testing ...
PPID Rev Service Tag Part Number Part Number Revision SW Version ------ NA NA NA NA 9-2(1-509) Available free memory: 2,635,960,320 bytes LEVEL 0 DIAGNOSTIC eepromTest .................................................. PASS Starting test: i2cTest ......
ERROR: Qsfp Module:28 is not present ERROR: Qsfp Module:29 is not present qsfpOpticsTest .............................................. qsfpPhyTest ................................................. rtcTest ..................................................... sataSsdTest ................................................. Starting test: temperatureTest ...... Thermal Monitor Diodes: Diode[0] temperature 38.0 C Diode[1] temperature 39.4 C Diode[2] temperature 39.1 C Diode[4] temperature 38.
Linecard slot 1: No card diags executed yet (Card Offline). Linecard slot 2: No card diags executed yet (Card Offline). Linecard slot 3: No card diags executed yet (Card Offline).
wherever possible. There are no tests on 10G links. At this level, ports are shut down automatically. level2 Defaults Enter the keyword level2 to display only the Level 2 diagnostic tests. Level 2 diagnostics are a full set of diagnostic tests with no support for automatic partitioning. Level 2 diagnostics are used primarily for on-board loopback tests and more extensive component diagnostics.
Buffer Tuning Commands The following sections detail the buffer tuning commands. NOTE: Altering the buffer allocations is a sensitive operation. Do not use any buffer tuning commands without first contacting the Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC). buffer-profile (Configuration) Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface.
Hardware Commands These commands display information from a hardware sub-component or ASIC. clear control-traffic Clear control-traffic statistics from a Z9500 CPU. Syntax Parameters clear control—traffic {all | cp—switch | linecard slot-id portset portpipe} counters cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch to clear the counters for control traffic on the control plane.
● counters: Clears the counters for control-plane and protocol control packets to troubleshoot an error condition. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters with a command option to clear the hardware statistics for a specified Z9500 line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. The command options are: ● counters: Clears traffic counters on line-card ports.
Parameters Defaults stack-unit number Enter the keywords stack-unit then a number to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to clear a specific collection of data. port-set 0–0 counters Enter the keywords port-set along with a port-pipe number, then the keyword counters to clear the system-flow counters on the selected port-pipe. None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command. remote-exec Debug and troubleshoot switch hardware using remote commands. NOTE: Use the remote-exec command only with the guidance of an engineer from Dell Networking Technical Support. Syntax remote-exec {cp | rp | linecard slot-id} hw-command Parameters Defaults cp Enter the keyword cp to troubleshoot Control Processor CPU operation. rp Enter the keyword rp to troubleshoot Route Processor CPU operation.
Defaults rp Enter the keyword rp to display control-traffic information from the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to display control-traffic information from the specified line-card processor. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Example Command History Dell# show control-traffic counters This guide is platform-specific.
● counters: Displays the counters for control-plane and protocol control packets to troubleshoot an error condition. ● details: Displays more detailed information on control-plane and protocol control packet statistics. ● drops: Displays the number of internal drops of control-plane and protocol control packets. ● port-stats: Displays status about why a control-plane internal port is not brought up to register level. ● register: Displays internal control-plane registers.
● port all: Displays statistics on all party-bus internal ports. rp Enter the keyword rp with a command option to display hardware statistics from the Route Processor. The command options are: ● cpu data-plane statistics: Displays data-plane statistics, including the HiGig port statistics with input/output counters to which the stacking module is connected. ● cpu i2c statistics: Displays active i2c-address statistics. ● cpu management statistics: Displays management port counters.
TR 255 byte frames = 1363 TR 511 byte frames = 1934 TR 1023 byte frames = 18 TR MAX Byte frames = 6202 TR MGV Frames = 0 Bytes Transmitted = 0 Frames Transmitted = 9878 Mcast Frames Transmitted = 0 Bcast Frames Transmitted = 4 Pause Frames Transmitted = 0 Deferred Transmits = 0 Excessive Deferred Transmits = 0 TX single collisions = 0 TX multiple collisions = 0 TX late collisions = 0 TX Excessive collisions = 0 TX total collisions = 0 TX Drops = 0 TX Jabber = 0 TX FCS errors = 0 TX Control frames = 0 TX ove
Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Example (Linecard: Drops) 65to127octets Packets = 13278 128to255octets Packets = 523 256to511octets Packets = 3382 512to1023octets Packets = 2530 1024toMaxoctets Packets = 141767 Jabbers = 0 align errors = 0 fcs errors = 0 good octets = 219885483 Drop pkts = 0 Unicast Packets = 277279 Multicast Packets = 0 Broadcast Packets = 15 Source Address Changes = 1 Fragments = 0 Jumbo Packets = 0 Symbol Errros = 0 In Range Errors = 0 OutofRange Errors = 0 Del
Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Example (Linecard Unit Port: Drops) 550 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell#show hardware linecard 2 drops unit 0 port 12 Drops in UserPort 12: --- Ingress Drops --Ingress Drops IBP CBP Full Drops PortSTPnotFwd Drops IPv4 L3 Discards Polic
TTL Threshold Drops INVALID VLAN CNTR Drops L2MC Drops PKT Drops of ANY Conditions Hg MacUnderflow TX Err PKT Counter --- Error counters--Internal Mac Transmit Errors Unknown Opcodes Internal Mac Receive Errors Example (Linecard Unit: Port-Stats) : : : : : : 0 0 0 0 0 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 Dell#show hardware linecard 2 unit 0 port-stats ena/ speed/ link auto STP max loop port link duplex scan neg? state pause frame back xe0 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward 1550 xe1 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward 1550 xe2 !ena 40G FD SW No
16360 16360 16360 16360 Example (Linecard Unit: Register) 552 hg8 up 42G FD SW No Forward None F XGMII hg9 up 42G FD SW No Forward None F XGMII hg10 up 42G FD SW No Forward None F XGMII hg11 up 42G FD SW No Forward None F XGMII Dell#show hardware linecard 2 unit 0 register 0x77120000 ARB_RAM_DBGCTRL.ipipe0 = 0x00000000 0x04000134 ASF_PORT_CFG.cpu0 = 0x00000000 0x04000107 ASF_PORT_CFG.xe0 = 0x0000001c 0x04000109 ASF_PORT_CFG.xe1 = 0x0000001c 0x0400010b ASF_PORT_CFG.
0x5600200b BUF_CFG(11).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200c BUF_CFG(12).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200d BUF_CFG(13).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200e BUF_CFG(14).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200f BUF_CFG(15).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x36000200 CBL_ATTRIBUTE(0).ipipe0 = 0x00000000 0x36000201 CBL_ATTRIBUTE(1).ipipe0 = 0x00000000 0x36000202 CBL_ATTRIBUTE(2).ipipe0 = 0x00000000 0x36000203 CBL_ATTRIBUTE(3).ipipe0 = 0x00000000 0x37040000 CCM_INTERRUPT_CONTROL.ipipe0 = 0x00000000 0x37030000 CCM_READ_CONTROL.
RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX 554 - 512 to 1023 Byte Frame Counter 1024 to 1518 Byte Frame Counter 1519 to 1522 Byte Good VLAN Frame Counter 1519 to 2047 Byte Frame Counter 2048 to 4095 Byte Frame Counter 4096 to 9216 Byte Frame Counter Good Packet Counter Packet/Frame Counter Unicast Frame Counter Multicast Frame Counter
TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX Example (Linecard Unit: Details) - Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Debug Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell#show hardware linecard 2 unit 0 details ****************************************************** The total no of FP & CSF Devices in the Card is 1 The total no of FP Devices in the Card is 1 The total no of CSF Dev
The allocated Trunk ID is The PSC is The Current Trunk ID Init Done is Trunk Valid is Trunk Port Information The flags is The no of ports is The PSC is The DLF Index is The MC Index is The IPMC Index is The tm-tp for Index 0 is The tm-tp for Index 1 is The tm-tp for Index 2 is The tm-tp for Index 3 is The tm-tp for Index 4 is The tm-tp for Index 5 is The tm-tp for Index 6 is The tm-tp for Index 7 is The tm-tp for Index 8 is The tm-tp for Index 9 is The tm-tp for Index 10 is The tm-tp for Index 11 is - 102
LinkId 47 NpuId/PortId 1/61 LinkId 71 NpuId/PortId 2/51 LinkId 111 NpuId/PortId 0/55 LinkId NpuId/PortId 24 25 26 27 44 45 46 1/58 1/59 2/58 2/59 0/60 0/61 1/60 48 49 66 67 68 69 70 2/60 2/61 0/50 0/51 1/50 1/51 2/50 88 89 90 91 92 93 110 0/52 0/53 1/52 1/53 2/52 2/53 0/54 112 1/54 113 1/55 114 2/54 115 2/55 Back Plane GE Links ____________________________________ LinkId NpuId/PortId Example (Linecard: Backplane-link Status) 138 0/49 139 1/49 140 2/49 Dell
show hardware counters interface Display the counter information for a specific interface. Syntax show hardware counters interface interface Parameters counters Enter the keywords counters to display counter value for the specified linecard the port pipe. interface Enter any of the following keywords and the interface information: interface Defaults ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
RX - Jabber Frame Counter RX - VLAN Tag Frame Counter RX - Double VLAN Tag Frame Counter RX - RUNT Frame Counter RX - Fragment Counter RX - VLAN Tagged Packets RX - Ingress Dropped Packet RX - MTU Check Error Frame Counter RX - PFC Frame Priority 0 RX - PFC Frame Priority 1 RX - PFC Frame Priority 2 RX - PFC Frame Priority 3 RX - PFC Frame Priority 4 RX - PFC Frame Priority 5 RX - PFC Frame Priority 6 RX - PFC Frame Priority 7 RX - Debug Counter 0 RX - Debug Counter 1 RX - Debug Counter 2
Example displaying queue range show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot Displays buffer statistics tracking resource information for a specific interface.
packets for the specific interface Example displaying egress queue-level snapshot for unicast packets for the specific interface UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DellEMC# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 0/0 queue ucast 10 Unit 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) -------------------------------
MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST Example displaying ingress prioritygroup level snapshot for the specific interface 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 DellEMC# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 0/0 priority-group 7 Unit 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------7 0 0 DellEMC# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 0/0 priority-group all Unit 0 unit: 0 por
Example Dell#show hardware ipv6 eg-acl linecard 0 port-set 0 EID 0x000013ce: gid=0xd, slice=0, slice_idx=0, part =0 prio=0x13ce, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress slice=1, slice_idx=0, part =1 prio=0x13ce, flags=0x10204, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, Offset: 1 Width: 8 DATA=0x0000003a MASK=0x000000ff IpType Offset: 208 Width: 5 DATA=0x00000004 MASK=0x0000000c L3Routable Offset: 166 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 195 Width: 7 DATA=0x000000
port-set 0–0 Defaults Enter the keywords port-set with a port-pipe number to display the MAC ACL entries for the specified port-pipe number. . None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware system-flow Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe.
2048 STP BPDU Redirects 2047 LLDP BPDU Redirects 2045 LACP traffic Redirects 2044 GVRP traffic Redirects 2043 ARP Reply Redirects 2042 802.1x frames Redirects 2041 VRRP frames Redirects 2040 GRAT ARP 2039 DROP Cases 2038 OSPF1 STUB 2037 OSPF2 STUB 2036 VRRP STUB 2035 L2_DST_HIT+BC MAC+VLAN 4095 2034 L2_DST_HIT+BC MAC 2033 Catch all 384 OSPF[224.0.0.5] Packets 383 OSPF[224.0.0.
tcam: color_indep=0, higig=0, higig_mask=0, KEY=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000806 00001600 , FPF4=0x00 MASK=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000ffff 00001600 , 0x00 action={act=Drop, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=6(0x06), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=UpdateCounter, param0=1(0x01), param1=0(0x00)}, !--------- output truncated -----------------! show hardware vlan-counters Display th
Parameters drops Enter the keyword drops to display internal drops. interface Enter any of the following keywords and the interface or interface range information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Port bitmap zero Drops Rx VLAN Drops --- Ingress MAC counters--Ingress FCSDrops Ingress MTUExceeds --- MMU Drops --Ingress MMU Drops HOL DROPS(TOTAL) HOL DROPS on COS0 HOL DROPS on COS1 HOL DROPS on COS2 HOL DROPS on COS3 HOL DROPS on COS4 HOL DROPS on COS5 HOL DROPS on COS6 HOL DROPS on COS7 HOL DROPS on COS8 HOL DROPS on COS9 HOL DROPS on COS10 HOL DROPS on COS11 HOL DROPS on COS12 HOL DROPS on COS13 HOL DROPS on COS14 HOL DROPS on COS15 HOL DROPS on COS16 HOL DROPS on COS17 TxPurge CellErr Aged Drops ---
Defaults snap-length Enter the number of bytes per packet to capture. Use this option to reduce the size of the captured packets, to capture only the needed headers and avoid rest of the data portion of the packet. The range is 0 to 1200. write-to Enter the location to save the captured packets.
13 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Added the keywords discard-counters, interface, and the variable interface on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, Z9500. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z-Series. debug ip dhcp client events Activate the debugging and display of log messages on DHCP client interfaces for IP address acquisition, IP address release, and IP address and lease time renewal.
Interface Fo 2/0 :Transitioned to state START Jan 7 01:38:41: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_EVT: Interface Fo 2/0 :DHCP DISABLE CMD Received in state BOUND Jan 7 01:38:07: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_EVT: Interface Fo 2/0 :DHCP ENABLE CMD Received in state START Message BOOTREPLY DHCPOFFER DHCPACK DHCPNAK Sent 0 10 16 0 debug ip dhcp client packets Activate the debugging and display of log messages for DHCP packets sent and received on DHCP client interfaces.
DHCP RELEASE sent in Interface Fo 2/0 Jan 7 01:41:39: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: Received DHCPACK packet in InterfaceFo 2/0 with Lease-IP:100.1.1.253, Mask:255.255.255.0, Server-Id:100.1.1.2 Jan 7 01:41:39: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: DHCP REQUEST sent in Interface Fo 2/0 Jan 7 01:41:36: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: Received DHCPOFFER packet in Interface Fo 2/0 with Lease-Ip:100.1.1.253, Mask:255.255.255.0,Server-Id:100.1.1.
DHCP Server is disabled by default. To enable the system to be a DHCP server, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. domain-name Assign a domain to clients based on the address pool.
excluded-address Prevent the server from leasing an address or range of addresses in the pool. Syntax Parameters Defaults excluded-address [address | low-address high-address] address Enter a single address to be excluded from the pool. low-address Enter the lowest address in a range of addresses to be excluded from the pool. high-address Enter the highest address in a range of addresses to be excluded from the pool. None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip address dhcp Configure an interface to receive its IP address from the configured DHCP server. Z9500 Syntax ip address dhcp To release the IP address acquired from a DHCP server, enter the no ip address dhcp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip address dhcp relay information-option Include the relay-information option (option 81) in DHCP packets sent by the client. Some DHCP servers can be configured to allocate IP addresses based on option 81. Z9500 Syntax ip address dhcp relay information-option [remote-id [hostname | mac | remote-id] Parameters remote-id Set the hostname as the remote ID in Option 82. hostname remote-id Enter the name to be used as the remote ID in Option 82; maximum: 64 characters.
Usage Information Use this command to include the vendor-class identifier (option 60) in DHCP packets sent by the client. This option is used by DHCP clients to identify the vendor type and configuration of a DHCP client. The vendor-class identifier includes hardware-related information that identifies the switch and includes a user-configurable text string .
netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. Syntax netbios-name-server address [address2...address8] Parameters Defaults address Enter the address of the NETBIOS name server. You may enter up to eight, in order of preference. None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pool Create an address pool. Syntax pool name Parameters Defaults name Enter the address pool’s identifying name. None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters interface typeslot/port Defaults Enter the keyword interface with the interface type and slot/port information to display DHCP client information for a specified interface. The valid interface types are: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp lease Display lease information about the dynamic IP address currently assigned to a DHCP client interface.
Parameters Description Enter any of the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. Defaults None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
The following example displays the port channel interfaces configured with IP Source Guard: DellEMC> show ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation interface portchannel 10 ipmac-vlan sav access-list on Port-channel 10 on stack-unit 0 Total cam count 5 permit host 0.0.0.0 host 00:00:00:00:00:00 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.1 host 00:00:00:00:01:01 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.2 host 00:00:00:00:01:02 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.
show ip dhcp server statistics Display statistical information about a DHCP server. Z9500 Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ● arp inspection — enable dynamic ARP inspection on a VLAN. clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping {binding | source-address-validation discardcounters [interface interface]} Parameters binding Clears the binding table.
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP snooping globally. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Instructions You can map multiple IP addresses to the same MAC address.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. Syntax Parameters Defaults ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes minutes The range is from 5 to 21600.
To disable the storing of snooping binding entries in a file, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping writedelay command. Parameters Defaults value The range is from 5 to 21600. The value of the minutes range is from 5 min. to 15 days. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ipv6 dhcp snooping database renew To load the binding entries from the file to DHCPv6 snooping binding database. Syntax ipv6 dhcp snooping database renew Defaults None Command Modes ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ipv6 dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted for DHCP snooping.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.
Parameters Defaults ipmac Enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) SAV validates the source IP address along with the source VLAN ID against the DHCP snooping binding table. Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.6(0.0) Added the discard-counters, interface keywords, and the interface variable. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
NOTE: The output for port-channel interfaces does not display the physical interface.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. DellEMC# show ipv6 dhcp snooping IPv6 DHCP Snooping IPv6 DHCP Snooping Mac Verification : Enabled. : Disabled.
14 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • ecmp-group hash-algorithm hash-algorithm ecmp hash-algorithm hg hash-algorithm hg-seed hash-algorithm seed ip ecmp-group link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold link-bundle-monitor enable show config show link-bundle distribution ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
● xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 ● xor2: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2 ● xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4 ● xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor8 ● xor16: Use CR16 — 16 bit XOR hg { crc16 | crc16cc | Enter the keyword hg then one of the following options available in the stack-unit and linecard p
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.9(0.0) Added flow-based-hashing support for hashing on ECMP for S4820T, S6000, S4048 and Z9500. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
hash-algorithm ecmp Change the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across an ECMP (equal-cost multipath routing) group. Term heading Description heading Syntax hash-algorithm ecmp {crc-upper} | {dest-ip} | {lsb} To return to the default hash algorithm, use the no hash-algorithm ecmp command. Parameters Defaults crc-upper Uses the upper 32 bits of the key for the hash computation. The default is crclower. dest-ip Uses the destination IP for ECMP hashing. The default is enabled.
xor1 Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1. xor2 Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2. xor4 Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4. xor8 Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor8. xor16 Use CR16 — 16 bit XOR. crc16cc Use CRC16_CCITT — 16 bit CRC16 using CRC16-CCITT polynomial.
Version Description 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. hash-algorithm seed Select the seed value for the ECMP, LAG, and NH hashing algorithm. Syntax Parameters Defaults hash-algorithm seed value [linecard slot] [port-set number] seed value Enter the keyword seed then the seed value. The range is from 0 to 2,147,483,646. linecard slot Enter the keyword linecard then the linecard slot number. port-set number Enter the keyword port-set then the port-pipe number. The value is 0.
ip ecmp-group Enable and specify the maximum number of ecmp that the L3 CAM hold for a route, By default, when maximum paths are not configured, the CAM can hold a maximum of 16 ecmp per route. Syntax ip ecmp-group {maximum-paths | {number} {path-fallback} To negate a command, use the no ip ecmp-group maximum-paths {number} command. Parameters Defaults maximum-paths Specify the maximum number of ECMP for a route. The range is 2 to 64.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Version Description 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. show config Display the ECMP configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ECMP-GROUP Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant DellEMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
Inactive Interface Te 1/1 Po 128 Po 100 DellEMC# Line Protocol Up Up Up Utilization[In Percent] 0 0 0 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) 621
15 Flex Hash This chapter describes the Flex Hash enhancements. Topics: • • • • load-balance ingress-port enable load-balance flexhash lacp fast-switchover encapsulation dot1q load-balance ingress-port enable Enable the Flex hash functionality. This utility is supported on the platform. Syntax load-balance ingress-port enable To disable the Flex hash capability, use the no version of this command.
To disable the Flex hash settings, use the no load-balance flexhash ipv4/ipv6 ip-proto protocol number command. Parameters ipv4 Denotes whether Flex Hash needs to be enabled for IPv4 packets. ipv6 Denotes whether Flex Hash needs to be enabled for IPv6 packets. protocol number Represents the Outer IPv4 protocol field in case of IPv4 packets, and the Outer IPv6 next header field in case of IPv6 packets.
To disable the capability of faster aggregation of the member ports of a LAG or a port-channel bundle, use the no version of this command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
16 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the following commands: Topics: • • • • fips mode enable show fips status show ip ssh ssh fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command. Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
With FIPS Mode enabled: DellEMC# show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : 3des-cbc,aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256cbc,aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr. SSH server macs : hmac-sha1-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled. RSA Authentication : disabled. Vty Encryption HMAC Remote IP 0 3des-cbc hmac-sha1-96 10.1.20.48 1 3des-cbc hmac-sha1-96 10.1.20.
-l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword —l then the user name used in this SSH session. The default is the user name of the user associated with the terminal. -m HMAC algorithm Enter one of the following HMAC algorithms to use. (For v2 clients only.): Without the FIPS mode enabled: ● ● ● ● hmac-shal-96: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1–96 HMAC algorithm. hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm. hmac-md5–96: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5–96 HMAC algorithm.
-l User name option -m HMAC algorithm to use (for v2 clients only) -p SSH server port option (default 22) -v SSH protocol version DellEMC# ssh 10.10.10.
17 FIP Snooping In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs). Acting as a transit FIP snooping bridge, the switch uses dynamically created access control lists (ACLs) to permit only authorized FCoE traffic to transmit between an FCoE end-device and an FCF.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface.
acl Enter the keyword acl for ACL-specific debugging. error Enter the keyword error for error-specific debugging. ifm Enter the keyword ifm for IFM-specific debugging. info Enter the keyword info for information-specific debugging. ipc Enter the keyword ipc for IPC-specific debugging. ns Enter the keyword ns for name-server-specific debugging. rscn Enter the keyword rscn for RSCN-specific debugging. rx Enter the keyword rx for packet receive-specific debugging.
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
DellEMC(conf)#cam-acl l2acl 2 ipv4acl 0 ipv6acl 0 ipv4qos 2 l2qos 0 l2pt 0 ipmacacl 0 vman-qos 0 fcoeacl 2 etsacl 1 iscsi 2 DellEMC(conf)#feature fip-snooping fip-snooping enable Enable FIP snooping on all VLANs or on a specified VLAN. Z9500 Syntax fip-snooping enable To disable the FIP snooping feature on all or a specified VLAN, use the no fip-snooping enable command. Defaults FIP snooping is disabled on all VLANs.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Parameters Defaults max-sessionsvalue Enter the maximum number of sessions allowed per ENode MAC address. The range is from 1 to 64. 32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
show fip-snooping enode Display information on the ENodes in FIP-snooped sessions, including the ENode interface and MAC address, FCF MAC address, VLAN ID and FC-ID. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show fip-snooping enode [enode-mac-address] enode-macaddress Enter the MAC address of the ENodes to display. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters fcf-mac-address Enter the MAC address of the FCF to display. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
2 0e:fc:00:01:00:03 01:00:03 31:00:0e:fc:00:00:00:02 21:00:0e:fc:00:00:00:02 Dell# show fip-snooping sessions Enode MAC Enode Intf FCF MAC FCF Intf VLAN FCoE MAC FC-ID Port WWPN Port WWNN ---------------------------------------------00:00:c9:f1:e1:37 Te 1/2 54:7f:ee:34:77:4e Te 1/4 111 0e:fc:00:b5:00:07 b5:00:07 10:00:00:00:c9:f1:e1:37 20:00:00:00:c9:f1:e1:37 00:c0:dd:12:c0:05 Te 1/3 54:7f:ee:34:77:4e Te 1/5 111 0e:fc:00:b5:00:75 b5:00:75 21:00:00:c0:dd:12:c0:05 20:00:00:c0:dd:12:c0:05 show fip-snooping st
Field Description Discovery Solicits Number of Unicast Discovery Solicits Number of FIP-snoop unicast discovery solicit frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGI Number of FIP-snoop FLOGI request frames received on the interface. Number of FDISC Number of FIP-snoop FDISC request frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGO Number of FIP-snoop FLOGO frames received on the interface Number of ENode Number of FIP-snoop ENode keep-alive frames received on the interface.
Number of FLOGI :2 Number of FDISC :16 Number of FLOGO :0 Number of Enode Keep Alive :9021 Number of VN Port Keep Alive :3349 Number of Multicast Discovery Advertisement :4437 Number of Unicast Discovery Advertisement :2 Number of FLOGI Accepts :2 Number of FLOGI Rejects :0 Number of FDISC Accepts :16 Number of FDISC Rejects :0 Number of FLOGO Accepts :0 Number of FLOGO Rejects :0 Number of CVL :0 Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 Number of VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Number of Session failures due to Har
show fip-snooping system Display information on the status of FIP snooping on the switch (enabled or disabled), including the number of FCoE VLANs, FCFs, ENodes, and currently active sessions. Z9500 Syntax show fip-snooping system Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
18 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode. Important Points to Remember ● ● ● ● ● ● ● FRRP is media- and speed-independent.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced.
count number Defaults Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 65534. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. disable Disable the resilient ring protocol.
interface Configure the primary, secondary, and control-vlan interfaces. Z9500 Syntax interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} To return to the default, use the no interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} command.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command causes the Ring Manager to take ownership of the two ports after IFM validates the configuration. Ownership is relinquished for a port only when the interface does not play a part in any control VLAN, that is, the interface does not belong to any ring. Related Commands ● show frrp — display the Resilient Ring Protocol configuration information. member-vlan Specify the member VLAN identification numbers.
mode Set the Master or Transit mode of the ring. Syntax mode {master | transit} To reset the mode, use the no mode {master | transit} command. Parameters Defaults master Enter the keyword master to set the Ring node to Master mode. transit Enter the keywordtransit to set the Ring node to Transit mode. Mode None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. Dell EMC Networking OS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. Dell EMC Networking OS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes. This command clears the following counters: ● hello Rx and Tx counters ● Topology change Rx and Tx counters ● The number of state change counters Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
19 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell EMC Networking operating system supports the basic GVRP commands on the Dell EMC Networking OS. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
• • • • show show show show config garp timers gvrp gvrp statistics clear gvrp statistics Clear GVRP statistics on an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear gvrp statistics interface interface interface interface Defaults Enter the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. Z9500 Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters Defaults config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration. event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/LEAVE events.
disable Globally disable GVRP. Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
leave Enter the keyword leave then the number of milliseconds to configure the leave time. The range is from 100 to 2147483647 milliseconds. The default is 600 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. leave-all Enter the keywords leave-all then the number of milliseconds to configure the leave-all time. The range is from 100 to 2147483647 milliseconds. The default is 1000 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. Defaults As above.
gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
● protocol gvrp — access the GVRP protocol. show garp timers Display the GARP timer settings for sending GARP messages. Syntax show garp timers Defaults None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands 664 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults show gvrp [brief | interface] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a brief summary of the GVRP configuration. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics. Z9500 Syntax show gvrp statistics {interface interface | summary} Parameters interface interface summary Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then one of the interface keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Related Commands ● show gvrp — display the GVRP configuration.
20 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) The IGMP commands are supported on the Dell EMC Networking OS. Topics: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell EMC Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember ● Dell EMC Networking OS supports protocol-independent multicast-sparse (PIM-SM) and protocol-independent sourcespecific multicast (PIM-SSM) include and exclude modes. ● IGMPv2 is the default version of IGMP on interfaces.
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. The access list accepted is an extended ACL.
ip igmp immediate-leave Enable IGMP immediate leave. Syntax ip igmp immediate-leave [group-list prefix-list-name] To disable ip igmp immediate leave, use the no ip igmp immediate-leave command. Parameters Defaults group-list prefix- Enter the keywords group-list then a string up to 16 characters long of the list-name prefix-list-name. Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip igmp last-member-query-interval Change the last member query interval, which is the Max Response Time inserted into Group-Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages. This interval is also the interval between Group-Specific Query messages. Z9500 Syntax ip igmp last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp last-member-query-interval command. Parameters Defaults milliseconds Enter the number of milliseconds as the interval.
Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds the router must wait to become the new querier. The range is from 60 to 300. The default is 125 seconds. 125 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Maximum range of the Hello interval value is changed to 18000. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF and Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Expanded to support the exclude and include options. E-Series legacy command Usage Information A group in include mode must have at least one source address defined.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Changed the default IGMP from version 2 to version 3. Introduced on the S6000ON 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
Group Address Interface Mode Uptime Expires Last Reporter 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Example (Details) 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 225.0.0.4 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 DellEMC# show ip igmp group details Interface Vlan 20 Group 232.1.1.5 Uptime 00:11:22 Expires Never Router mode INCLUDE Last reporter 35.0.0.
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
IGMP is up on the interface IGMP query interval is 60 seconds IGMP querier timeout is 83 seconds IGMP max query response time is 10 seconds IGMP last member query response interval is 1000 ms IGMP immediate-leave is disabled IGMP activity: 0 joins IGMP querying router is 50.30.124.1 IGMP version is 3 DellEMC# show ip igmp ssm-map Display is a list of groups that are currently in the IGMP group table and contain SSM mapped sources.
Group Uptime Expires Router mode Last reporter Group source list Source address 65.0.0.1 65.0.0.2 65.0.0.3 65.0.0.4 65.0.0.5 Related Commands 232.1.1.5 00:11:22 Never INCLUDE 35.0.0.2 Expires 00:01:22 00:01:22 00:01:22 00:01:22 00:01:22 ● ip igmp ssm-map — use a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships. IGMP Snooping Commands Dell EMC Networking OS supports IGMP Snooping version 2 and 3 on all Dell EMC Networking systems.
clear ip igmp snooping groups Clear snooping entries from the group cache table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip igmp snooping groups [group-address interface | interface] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format. interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To enable IGMP snooping, enter this command. When you enable this command from CONFIGURATION mode, IGMP snooping enables on all VLAN interfaces (except the default VLAN).
Version Description E-Series legacy command. Usage Information Queriers normally send some queries when a leave message is received prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require a fast deletion of a group. When you enable IGMP fast leave processing, the switch removes an interface from the multicast group as soon as it detects an IGMP version 2 leave message on the interface.
Parameters Defaults milliseconds Enter the interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 65535. The default is 1000 milliseconds. 1000 milliseconds Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.
● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
21 Interfaces To configure egress, port channel, time domain, and UDP, use these interface commands. Topics: • • • • • Basic Interface Commands Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands Port Channel Commands HiGig Port Channel Commands UDP Broadcast Commands Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
● For ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port/[subport] - slot/port/[subport]. For example, if you want to clear the port configurations corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1/1 - 1/1/4. vrrp [ipv6 {vr-id} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups. To | vr-id] clear the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces, enter ipv6.
Related Commands ● mac learning-limit — allow aging of MACs even though a learning-limit is configured or disallow station move on learned MACs. clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface.
dampening Configure dampening on an interface. Syntax Parameters Defaults dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress-threshold]] [maxsuppress-time]] half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty decreases half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. reuse-threshold Enter a number as the reuse threshold, the penalty value below which the interface state is changed to “up”.
NOTE: You cannot apply dampening on an interface that is monitoring traffic for other interfaces. Example Related Commands DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/10)# dampening 20 800 4500 120 DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/10)# ● clear dampening — clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. ● show interfaces dampening — display interface dampening information. default interface Reset a physical interface to its factory default settings.
DellEMC(conf)# default interface tengigabitethernet 1/5 DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/5)# show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/5 no ip address shutdown Related Commands ● show running-config – display the current configuration. description Assign a descriptive text string to the interface. Syntax description desc_text To delete a description, use the no description command. Parameters Defaults desc_text Enter a text string up to 240 characters long.
● Entering a text string after the description command overwrites any previous text string that you previously configured as the description. ● The shutdown and description commands are the only commands that you can configure on an interface that is a member of a port-channel. ● Use the show interfaces description command to display descriptions configured for each interface. duplex (Management) Set the mode of the Management interface.
Parameters rx on Enter the keywords rx on to process the received flow control frames on this port. NOTE: Flow-control packets are mirrored only when flow-control rx is enabled on an interface. Defaults rx off Enter the keywords rx off to ignore the received flow control frames on this port. tx on Enter the keywords tx on to send control frames from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received.
Usage Information The globally assigned 48-bit multicast address 01-80-C2-00-00-01 is used to send and receive pause frames. To allow full-duplex flow control, stations implementing the pause operation instruct the MAC to enable the reception of frames with a destination address equal to this multicast address. When a port receives traffic at a higher rate than it can process, the frames are stored in the port buffer. As a result, buffer usage increases.
on on off on off off on on off on off on on off off off on on off on off on on on off off on on off on off on LocNegRx off off off off LocNegTx RemNegRx RemNegTx off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off off on off off off on off off off off off off on on on off off on on off off on on off on on on off off on on off off on on off off on on off off on on interface Configure a physical or virtual interface on the switch.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
To remove a loopback interface, use the no interface loopback number command. Parameters Defaults number Enter a number as the interface number. The range is from 0 to 16383. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series.
Example (Multiple Ports) Example (Overlapping Ports) Usage Information DellEMC(conf)# interface range tengigabitethernet 2/10 - 23, tengigabitethernet 2/12 - 17 DellEMC(conf-if-range-te-2/10-23)# DellEMC(conf)# interface range tengigabitethernet 2/3 - 11, tengigabitethernet 2/3 - 23 DellEMC(conf-if-range-te-2/3-23)# Only VLAN and port-channel interfaces created using the interface vlan and interface portchannel commands can be used in the interface range command.
Related Commands ● ● ● ● ● interface port-channel — configure a port channel group. interface vlan — configure a VLAN interface. show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) — display the bulk configuration interfaces. show range — display the bulk configuration ranges. interface range macro (define) — define a macro for an interface-range. interface range macro (define) Defines a macro for an interface range and then saves the macro in the running configuration.
Example (Single Range) Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This example shows how to define an interface range macro named test. Execute the show runningconfig command to display the macro definition.
Example (Single Range) Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced This example shows the macro named test that was defined earlier. DellEMC(config)# interface range macro test DellEMC(config-if-range-te-1/1-3,te-5/1-47,te-2/1-89)# Dell Related Commands ● interface range — configure a range of command (bulk configuration). ● interface range macro (define) — define a macro for an interface range (bulk configuration). interface vlan Configure a VLAN.
● IPv4 ● IPv6 ● MTU If OpenFlow VLANs are configured on the switch, spanning-tree protocols cannot be enabled simultaneously. Example (Single Range) Related Commands DellEMC(conf)# int vlan 3 DellEMC(conf-if-vl-3)# ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● interface — configure a physical interface. interface loopback — configure a loopback interface. interface null — configure a null interface. interface port-channel — configure a port channel group. show vlan — display the current VLAN configuration on the switch.
Usage Information When you configure keepalive, the system sends a self-addressed packet out of the configured interface to verify that the far end of a WAN link is up. When you configure no keepalive, the system does not send keepalive packets and so the local end of a WAN link remains up even if the remote end is down. linecard portmode Split a single 40G port into four 10G ports on the switch.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.
Example (Single Interface) systest-3 Monitor time: 00:00:06 Refresh Intvl.
mtu Set the link maximum transmission unit (MTU) (frame size) for an Ethernet interface. Syntax mtu value To return to the default MTU value, use the no mtu command. Parameters Defaults value Enter a maximum frame size in bytes. The range is from 592 to 9216.The default is 9216. 9216 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
● Members can have different Link MTU values. Tagged members must have a link MTU 4 bytes higher than untagged members to account for the packet tag. ● The VLAN link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the VLAN members. For example, the VLAN contains tagged members with Link MTU of 1522 and IP MTU of 1500 and untagged members with Link MTU of 1518 and IP MTU of 1500.
Usage Information The following describes the interface command shown in the following example. This example sets a port as hybrid, makes the port a tagged member of VLAN 20, and an untagged member of VLAN 10, which becomes the native VLAN of the port. The port now accepts: ● untagged frames and classify them as VLAN 10 frames ● VLAN 20 tagged frames The following describes the do show interfaces command shown in the following example.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on all Dell EMC Networking OS platforms. The output of the show interfaces command displays the configured rate interval, along with the collected traffic data. When rate-interval is not configured in the global configuration mode or interface mode, the default value of 299 seconds is applied.
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Related Commands Member Member Member Member Member Member Member Member not not not not not not online S4810 online S4810 present present present present present present S4810 8-3-12-1 64 S4810 8-3-12-1 64 ● reload – reboots the Dell Networking OS. show config Display the interface configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Example 722 Interfaces This guide is platform-specific.
show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) Display the bulk configured interfaces (interface range). Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (conf-if-range) Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
● For stack-units, enter the keywords stack-unit then the slot/port information. ● For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to support eSR4 optics in Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.2 Included SFP and SFP+ optics power detail in the E-Series and C-Series output. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on the E-Series. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.
Example 726 Interfaces Line Description Input Statistics: Displays all the input statistics including: ● Number of packets and bytes into the interface ● Number of packets with VLAN tagged headers ● Packet size and the number of those packets inbound to the interface ● Number of Multicast and Broadcast packets: ○ Multicasts = number of MAC multicast packets ○ Broadcasts = number of MAC broadcast packets ● Number of runts, giants, and throttles packets: ○ runts = number of packets that are less than 64
0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 3d17h51m Example Usage Information Example The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown).
Virtual-IP is not set Virtual-IP IPv6 address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:06:14 Queueing strategy: fifo Input 791 packets, 62913 bytes, 775 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 21 packets, 3300 bytes, 20 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Example (OpenFlow instance) DellEMC# show interfaces vlan 6 Vl
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Changed the organization of the display output.
NOTE: This command also enables you to view information corresponding to a range of ports. However, for Open Networking (ON) platforms the notation for specifying port range in the command is different from how you specify in non-ON platforms. ● For non-ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port-range. For example, if you want to display information corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interfacetype 1/1 - 4.
Te 1/10 DellEMC# Related Commands Up 0 0 5 750 2500 20 ● dampening — configure dampening on an interface. ● show interfaces configured — display any interface with a non-default configuration. show interfaces phy Display auto-negotiation and link partner information. Syntax Parameters show interfaces gigabitethernet slot/port phy tengigabitethern et Enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot or port information.
Mode Status Displays auto negotiation fault information. When the interface completes auto negotiation successfully, the autoNegComplete field and the linkstatus field read “True.” AutoNegotiation Advertise Displays the control words the local interface advertises during negotiation. Duplex is either half or full. Asym- and Sym Pause is the types of flow control the local interface supports. AutoNegotiation Displays the control words the remote interface advertises during negotiation.
100MegFullDplx: False 100MegHalfDplx: False 10MegFullDplx: False 10MegHalfDplx: False Asym Pause: False Sym Pause: False AutoNegotiation Expansion: ParallelDetectionFault: False ... show interfaces status To display status information on a specific interface only, display a summary of interface information or specify a stack-unit slot and interface.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example DellEMC# show interfaces vlan 10 Vlan 10 is up, line protocol is down Address is 90:b1:1c:f4:99:ce, Current address is 90:b1:1c:f4:99:ce Interface index is 1107787786 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment: NONE DHCP Client-ID: 90b11cf499ce MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 2d17h26m Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 2d17h26m Input Statistics: 0 packets,
Related Commands ● interface — configure a physical interface on the switch. ● show ip interface — display Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show running-config ecmp-group Display interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution using the ecmp-group monitoring enable command. The ECMP group could have a LAG or a list of interfaces (not just LAG link-bundles). Syntax show running-config ecmp-group Defaults Disabled.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The shutdown command marks a physical interface as unavailable for traffic. To discover if an interface is disabled, use the show ip interface brief command. Disabled interfaces are listed as down. Disabling a VLAN or a port channel causes different behavior.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Added support for fanned–out 1 Gigabit SFP port. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
Defaults mode (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mode to set the interface mode. private-vlan (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords private-vlan to set the interface mode to private VLAN mode. host (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword host to set the private VLAN interface to host mode. promiscuous (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword promiscuous to set the private VLAN interface to promiscuous mode. trunk (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword trunk to set the private VLAN interface to trunk mode.
wavelength Set the wavelength for tunable 10–Gigabit SFP+ optics. Syntax wavelength To retain the existing wavelength, use the no wavelength command. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
● For TACACS, enter the keyword tacacs. ● For Telnet, enter the keyword telnet. ● For TFTP, enter the keyword tftp. all Defaults Configure all applications. None. Command Modes EIS Mode (conf-mgmt-eis) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. management egress-interface-selection To make configured application traffic egress through the management port instead of the front-end (FE) port, enable and configure a management egress interface. Syntax management egress-interface-selection To disable and remove management egress interface selection (EIS) configurations, use the no management egress-interface-selection command. Defaults None.
show management application pkt-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have taken the management route. Syntax show management application pkt-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant DellEMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.
ssh syslog tacacs telnet tftp : : : : : 2 0 0 0 0 Port Channel Commands A Link Aggregation Group (LAG) is a group of links that appear to a MAC client as if they were a single link according to IEEE 802.3ad. In Dell EMC Networking OS, a LAG is referred to as a Port Channel. ● The platform supports 512 port channels and 16 members per port channel.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Use the interface port-channel command to access this command.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Port Channel interfaces are logical interfaces and can be either in Layer 2 mode (by using the switchport command) or Layer 3 mode (by configuring an IP address).
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This feature groups two LAGs to work in tandem as a supergroup.
show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups. ` Syntax Parameters show interfaces port-channel [channel-number] [brief] [description] channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. NOTE: This command also enables you to view information corresponding to a range of ports. ● For port-channel interfaces, you can specify multiple ports as portrange.
Example 752 Interfaces Field Description Port-Channel 1... Displays the LAG’s status. In the Example, the status of the LAG’s LAG fatesharing group (“Failover-group”) is listed. Hardware is... Displays the interface’s hardware information and its assigned MAC address. Port-channel is part... Indicates whether the LAG is part of a LAG fate-sharing group (“Failover-group”). Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface.
Output 00.02Mbits/sec,4 packets/sec Time since last interface status change: 00:22:34 DellEMC# User Information Example The following describes the show interfaces port-channel brief command shown in the following example. Field Description LAG Lists the port channel number. Mode Lists the mode: ● L3 — for Layer 3 ● L2 — for Layer 2 Status Displays the status of the port channel.
destination-ip address source-port number destination-port number source-mac Enter the keywords destination-ip then the IP destination address in IP address format. Enter the keywords source-port then the source port number. The range is from 1 to 65536. The default is None. Enter the keywords destination-port then the destination port number. The range is from 1 to 65536. The default is None. address Enter the keywords source-mac then the MAC source address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
Example DellEMC# show port-channel-flow outgoing-port-channel 1 incominginterface te 3/3 source-mac 00:00:50:00:00:00 destination-mac 00:00:a0:00:00:00 Egress Port for port-channel 1, for the given flow, is Te 13/2 HiGig Port Channel Commands High-Gigabit Ethernet (HiGig) port channels are used to transmit data between internal backplane ports on line-card (leaf) and switch fabric module (SFM - spine) network processing units (NPUs).
Example Version Description 9.3.0.0 Added support for the hg-stats option on the Z9000 platform.
hg-link-bundle-monitor rate-interval Specify the interval (in seconds) for polling traffic distribution in the member links of a HiGig link bundle. Syntax hg-link-bundle-monitor rate-interval seconds To restore the default value, use the no version of this command. Parameters seconds Polling interval in seconds. Valid values are 10 to 299. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 switch.
show hardware hg-stats Display the traffic statistics from internal ports in a HiGig link bundle/port channel on a line-card or switch fabric module (SFM) NPU. Syntax show hardware {sfm npu-id | linecard slot} hg-stats {port hg-port—number | npuUnit npu-id port hg-port—number} Parameters sfm npu-id Specify a Z9500 SFM (spine) NPU by entering the keyword sfm and SFM NPU ID. Valid SFM NPU IDs are 0 to 5.
0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 63970532058 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions 0 wredDrops Rate info (interval 15 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 37096.40 Mbits/sec, 57963128 packets/sec, 94.
Table 7. Output Description for show hg-link-bundle-distribution command Field Description Link-bundle trigger threshold Percentage value of link-bundle bandwidth that serves as the threshold for marking a link bundle as being overutilized, triggering linkbundle monitoring, and generating an SNMP alarm. Slot Slot number of a Z9500 line card. npuUnit Network processing unit (NPU) ID number of a HiGig link bundle/port-channel. hg-port-channel Port-channel number of a HiGig link bundle.
UDP Broadcast Commands The user datagram protocol (UDP) broadcast feature is a software-based method to forward low throughput (not to exceed 200 pps) IP/UDP broadcast traffic arriving on a physical or VLAN interface. Important Points to Remember ● This feature is available only on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, Z9000 platforms. ● Routing information protocol (RIP) is not supported with the UDP Broadcast feature.
ip udp-helper udp-port Enable the UDP broadcast feature on an interface either for all UDP ports or a specified list of UDP ports. Syntax ip udp-helper udp-port [udp-port-list] To disable the UDP broadcast on a port, use the no ip udp-helper udp-port [udp-portlist] command. Parameters udp-port-list (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 16 comma-separated UDP port numbers. NOTE: If you do not use this option, all UDP ports are considered by default.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series. DellEMC# show ip udp-helper -------------------------------------------------Port UDP port list -------------------------------------------------Te 10/2 656, 658 Te 10/3 All ● debug ip udp-helper — enable debug and displays the debug information on a console.
22 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: ● Authentication Headers (AH) — Connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
● md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication. ● sha1 — Use Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) authentication. ● null — Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. Defaults espauthentication Enter the keywords esp-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic. ● md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication.
Parameters Defaults name Enter the name for the crypto policy set. seq-num Enter the sequence number assigned to the crypto policy entry. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.
match Apply an match filter to the crypto policy. Syntax match seq-num tcp [sourceip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] To remove the match filter for the crypto map, use the no match seq-num tcp [source ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] command. Parameters seq-num Enter the match command sequence number.
session-key Specify the session keys used in the crypto policy entry. Syntax session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah spi hex-key-string | esp spi encrypt hex-key-string auth hex-key-string To delete the session key information from the crypto policy, use the no session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah | esp} command. Parameters Defaults name Enter the name for the transform set. inbound Specify the inbound session key for IPSec. outbound Specify the outbound session key for IPSec.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. DellEMC# show crypto ipsec transform-set Transform-Set Name Transform-Set refCnt AH Transform ESP Auth Transform ESP Encry Transform DellEMC# : dallas : 0 : : : 3des show crypto ipsec policy Display the crypto policy configuration.
Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : 1.1.1.1 /32 0 1.1.1.2 /32 23 DellEMC(conf-crypto-policy)# transform-set Specify the transform set the crypto policy uses. Syntax transform-set transform-set-name To delete a transform set from the crypto policy, use the no transform-set transform-setname command.
23 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell EMC Networking OS on the platform.
• show tcp statistics arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). Syntax arp [vrf vrf-name] ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters Defaults vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF. Use the VRF option after the keyword arp to configure a static arp on that particular VRF. ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format.
Usage Information Version Description pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP. Zero MAC addresses (00:00:00:00:00:00) are also invalid. You can use the vrf attribute of this command to create a static ARP entry on either a default or a non-default VRF. You cannot use this parameter to create any static ARPs corresponding to management VRFs.
Related Commands ● show arp retries — display the configured number of ARP retries. arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP. Syntax arp learn-enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
Defaults 5 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
* Enter an asterisk (*) to clear all learned IP routes. ip-address mask Enter a specific IP address and mask in dotted decimal format to clear that IP address from the routing table. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
rp Clear ip traffic statistics on the Route Processor CPU. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. debug arp View information on ARP transactions. Z9500 Syntax debug arp [interface] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series(the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option.
Example Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.10 Introduced on the E-Series. DellEMC# debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is Infinity.
debug ip packet View a log of IP packets sent and received. Z9500 Syntax debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] command. Parameters access-group name Enter the keyword access-group then the access list name (maximum 16 characters) to limit the debug output based on the defined rules in the ACL. count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value.
Usage Information Version Description 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. The following describes the debug ip packet command in the following example. Field Description s= Lists the source address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) that received the packet. d= Lists the destination address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) through which the packet is being sent out on the network. len Displays the packet’s length.
● ● ● ● Internet control message protocol (icmp) but not the ICMP message type (from 0 to 255) Any internet protocol (ip) Transmission Control Protocol (tcp) but not on the rst, syn, or urg bits User Datagram Protocol (udp) In the case of ambiguous access control list rules, the debug ip packet access-control command is disabled. A message appears identifying the error (refer to the Example below).
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You must be in INTERFACE mode before you add an IP address to an interface. Assign an IP address to an interface prior to entering ROUTER OSPF mode. ip directed-broadcast Enables the interface to receive directed broadcast packets.
ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command. Parameters Defaults name Enter a domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
ip domain-lookup To address resolution (that is, DNS), enable dynamic host-name. Syntax ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
To remove the domain name, use the no ip domain-name command. Parameters Defaults name Enter one domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. To avoid denial of service (DOS) attacks, keep the number of fragments allowed for re-assembly low.
Compensate for Layer 2 header when configuring link MTU on an Ethernet interface or Dell EMC Networking OS may not fragment packets. If the packet includes a Layer 2 header, the difference between the link MTU and IP MTU (the ip mtu command) must be enough bytes to include for the Layer 2 header. Link MTU and IP MTU considerations for Port Channels and VLANs are as follows Port Channels: ● All members must have the same link MTU value and the same IP MTU value.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. If you configure a static IPv6 route using an egress interface and enter the ping command to reach the destination IPv6 address, the ping operation may not work. Configure the IPv6 route using a next-hop IPv6 address in order for the ping command to detect the destination address. interface ip- address distance (OPTIONAL) Enter the value of the distance metric assigned to the route.
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Using the following example of a static route: ip route 33.33.33.0 /24 tengigabitethernet 1/1 172.31.5.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ipv4 unicast-host-route Enable programming of IPv4 /32 route prefixes in L3 host table.
load-balance By default, for C-Series and S-Series, Dell EMC Networking OS uses an IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, and Destination Port) to distribute IP traffic over members of a Port Channel as well as equal-cost paths. To designate another method to balance traffic over Port Channel members, use the load-balance command.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Added the ingress-port parameter for the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
● For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ip ip-address mask inspection (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip then an IP address in the dotted decimal format. Enter the optional IP address mask in the slash prefix format (/ x).
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following example shows two VLANs that are associated with a private VLAN (PVLAN) (refer to Private VLAN (PVLAN)). If you have entered the clear arp-cache command to remove a large number of ARP entries and the command is still being processed in the background, an error message display if you attempt to enter the show arp command: Clear arp in-progress.
Description Total Entries Lists the total number of ARP entries in the ARP table. Static Entries Lists the total number of configured or static ARP entries. Dynamic Entries Lists the total number of learned or dynamic ARP entries. CPU Lists which CPU the entries are stored on.
show hosts View the host table and DNS configuration. Syntax show hosts Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
Field Description ● ?? — the entry is suspect. TTL Displays the amount of time until the entry ages out of the cache. For dynamically learned entries only. Type Displays IP as the type of entry. Address Displays the IP addresses assigned to the host.
Usage Information Example Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series E600i. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip cam command shown in the following example. Field Description Index Displays the CAM index number of the entry. Destination Displays the destination route of the index.
Field Description Current Use Displays the number of routes currently configured for the corresponding prefix or mask on the linecard 0 port pipe 0. Initial Size Displays the CAM size Dell Networking OS allocates for the corresponding mask. Dell Networking OS adjusts the CAM size if the number of routes for the mask exceeds the initial allocation.
ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the network destination to view only information on that destination. Enter the IP address is dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Enter the mask in slash prefix format (/X). longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view the total number of prefixes in the FIB.
show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. Syntax show ip flow interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} {protocol number [tcp | udp]} {src-port number destination-port number} Parameters interface interface source-ip address destination-ip Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Usage Information This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow. This information is useful in identifying which interface the packet follows in the case of Port-channel and Equal Cost Multi Paths. Use this command for routed packed only. For switched packets, use the show port-channel-flow command. The show ip flow command does not compute the egress port information when load-balance mac hashing is also configured due to insufficient information (the egress MAC is not available).
Version Description 9.11(0.0) Updated the command output to include the unicast reverse path forwarding (uRPF) status. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Internet address is not set IP MTU is 1500 bytes Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled Proxy ARP is enabled Split Horizon is enabled Poison Reverse is disabled ICMP redirects are not sent ICMP unreachables are not sent IP unicast RPF check is not supported DellEMC# Usage Information Example (Brief) The following describes the show ip interface brief command shown in the following example. Fields Description Interface Displays type of interface and the associated slot and port number.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Regular evaluation optimization enabled/disabled added to display output. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
protocol (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a routing protocol (bgp, isis, ospf, rip) or the keywords connected or static. NOTE: bgp, isis, ospf, and rip. ● If you enter bgp, you can include the BGP as-number . ● If you enter isis, you can include the ISIS routing-tag. ● If you enter ospf, you can include the OSPF process-id. process-id (OPTIONAL) Specify that only OSPF routes with a certain process ID must be displayed.
Field Description (undefined) Identifies the type of route: ● C = connected ● S = static ● R = RIP ● B = BGP ● IN = internal BGP ● EX = external BGP ● LO = Locally Originated ● O = OSPF ● IA = OSPF inter area ● N1 = OSPF NSSA external type 1 ● N2 = OSPF NSSA external type 2 ● E1 = OSPF external type 1 ● E2 = OSPF external type 2 ● i = IS-IS ● L1 = IS-IS level-1 ● L2 = IS-IS level-2 ● IA = IS-IS inter-area ● * = candidate default ● > = non-active route ● + = summary routes The weight for weighted ECMP rou
Example (Summary) DellEMC# show ip route summary Route Source Active Routes Non-active Routes connected 2 0 static 1 0 Total 3 0 Total 3 active route(s) using 612 bytes R1_E600i>show ip route static ? | Pipe through a command R1_E600i>show ip route static Destination Gateway Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ------- ----------- ----------*S 0.0.0.0/0 via 10.10.91.
--------------------S 1.1.1.0/24 C C 4.4.4.0/24 6.6.6.0/24 ------4.4.4.2, via Te 1/4 6.6.6.2, via Te 1/16 Direct, Te 1/4 Direct, Te 1/16 ----------1/0 00:00:01 0/0 0/0 00:01:32 00:01:25 DellEMC(conf)#do show ip route 1.1.1.0/24 Routing entry for 1.1.1.0/24 Known via "static", distance 1, metric 0 Last update 00:05:01 ago Routing Descriptor Blocks: * 4.4.4.2, via TenGigabitEthernet 1/4 * 6.6.6.2, via TenGigabitEthernet 1/16 DellEMC(conf)# show ip route list Display IP routes in an IP prefix list.
Example DellEMC# show ip route list test Codes:C- connected, S - static, R - RIP, B- BGP, IN - internal BGP, EX - external BGP,LO - Locally Originated, O- OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area, N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2- OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2- OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2- IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default, >- non-active route, + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set R R R R C Related Commands Destination --
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip route summary shown in the following example. Column Heading Description Route Source Identifies how the route is configured in Dell EMC Networking OS.
rp2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to view only the statistics from Route Processor 2. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information 826 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.
Keyword Definition ...encapsulation failed Counts packets which could not be forwarded due to ARP resolution failure. Dell EMC Networking OS sends an arp request prior to forwarding an IP packet. If a reply is not received, Dell EMC Networking OS repeats the request three times. These packets are counted in encapsulation failed. Rcvd: ...short packets The number of bytes in the packet are too small. ...bad length The length of the packet was not correct. ...
show tcp statistics View information on TCP traffic through the switch. Syntax show tcp statistics {all | cp | rp} Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all TCP information. cp Enter the keyword cp to view only TCP information from the Control Processor. rp Enter the keyword rp1 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 1. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information 828 This guide is platform-specific.
Example Field Description 0 packets with data after window Displays the number of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch’s window size. 0 packets after close Displays the number of packet received after the TCP connection was closed. 0 window probe packets... Displays the number of window probe and update packets received. 41 dup ack... Displays the number of duplicate acknowledgement packets and acknowledgement packets with data received. 10184 ack...
24 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell EMC Networking OS. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, see Access Control Lists (ACL). Important Points to Remember ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, see cam-acl. Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
● L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl 0-4 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
deny (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter that drops IPv6 packets that match the filter criteria.
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
Usage Information Version Description 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
● range(inclusive range of values) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that falls between the specified range of ttl values. Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG).
● neq(not equal to) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is not equal to the specified ttl value. ● gt(greater than) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is greater than the specified ttl value. ● lt (less than) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is less than the specified ttl value. ● range(inclusive range of values) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that falls between the specified range of ttl values.
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the ttl parameter. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Defaults permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this condition. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. ospfv3 Specify that this ACL is for OSPFv3 control plane traffic All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.
Defaults destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. ttl Enter the keyword ttl to permit a packet based on the time to live value. The range is from 1 to 255. operator Enter one of the following logical operand: ● eq(equal to) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is equal to the specified ttl value. ● neq(not equal to) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is not equal to the specified ttl value.
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
● gt = greater than ● lt = less than ● range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: ● 23 = Telnet ● 20 and 21 = FTP ● 25 = SMTP ● 169 = SNMP Defaults ttl Enter the keyword ttl to permit a packet based on the time to live value. The range is from 1 to 255.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
● gt(greater than) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is greater than the specified ttl value. ● lt (less than) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that is less than the specified ttl value. ● range(inclusive range of values) — matches packets that contain a ttl value that falls between the specified range of ttl values. Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
Defaults destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count the packets. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bytes to count the bytes. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
Related Commands ● permit – configure a filter to forward packets. test cam-usage Verify that enough ACL CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you have created. Syntax Parameters Defaults test cam-usage service-policy input input policy name linecard {number | all} policy-map name Enter the name of the policy-map to verify. number Enter all to get information for all the linecards, or enter the linecard number to get information for a specific card.
Dell#test cam-usage service-policy input LauraMapTest linecard 4 port-set 0 Linecard|Portpipe|CAM Partition|Available CAM|Estimated CAM per Port| Status ------------------------------------------------------------4| 0| IPv4Flow| 232| 0| Allowed 4| 0| IPv6Flow| 0| 0| Allowed Dell# Dell#test cam-usage service-policy input LauraMapTest linecard 2 port-set 1 Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition|Available CAM|Estimated CAM per Port| Status ----------------------------------------------------------------2| 1| IPv4Flo
25 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell EMC Networking OS. NOTE: For information about the Dell EMC Networking OS version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, see the IPv6 Addressing section in the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide.
Defaults LPM is not partitioned with Partition 1 and therefore /65 to /128 prefixes are not converted to /64 prefixes and are installed and saved in LPM. All the packets for those routes traverse through the default route path. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048–ON. 9.8(0.
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 route [vrf vrf-name] {* | ipv6-address prefix-length} vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear the IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF. * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. ipv6 address Configure an IPv6 address to an interface. Syntax ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} To remove the IPv6 address, use the no ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} command.
● IPv6 secondary addresses on management interfaces should not match the virtual IP address and should not be in the same subnet as the virtual IP. NOTE: Do not use the /128 prefix length on physical or port channel interfaces. You can use the /128 prefix length on loopback interfaces.
● IPv6 secondary addresses on management interfaces should not match the virtual IP address and should not be in the same subnet as the virtual IP. ipv6 address eui64 Configure IPv6 EUI64 address configuration on the interface. Syntax ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} eui64 To disable IPv6 EUI64 address autoconfiguration, use the no ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} eui64 command.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 flowlabel-zero Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. Syntax ipv6 flowlabel-zero To disable the 0 from being set in the field and allow the protocol operations to fill the field, use the no ipv6 flowlabel-zero command.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.1.
ipv6 nd dad attempts To perform duplicate address detection (DAD) on an interface, configure the number of neighbor solicitation messages that are sent. Syntax ipv6 nd dad attempts {number of attempts} To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 nd dad attempts command. Parameters Default number of attempts Enter the number of attempts to be made to detect a duplicate address. The range is from 0 to 15. Setting the value to 0 disables DAD on the interface.
Parameters Defaults ipv6-RDNSSaddress Enter the IPv6 Recursive DNS Server’s (RDNSS) address. You can specify up to 4 IPv6 RDNSS server addresses. lifetime Enter the lifetime in seconds. The amount of time the IPv6 host can use the IPv6 RDNSS address for name resolution. The range is 0 to 4294967295 seconds. When you specify the maximum lifetime value of 4294967295 or infinite, the lifetime does not expire. A value of 0 indicates to the host that the RDNSS address should not be used.
off-link Enter the keywords off-link to advertise the prefix without stating to recipients that the prefix is either on-link or off-link. valid-lifetime | Enter the amount of time that the prefix is advertised, or enter infinite for an unlimited amount of time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 2592000. The maximum value means that the preferred lifetime does not expire for the valid-life time parameter.
ipv6 neighbor Configure a static entry in the IPv6 neighbor discovery. Syntax ipv6 neighbor [vrf vrf-name] {ipv6-address} {interface interface} {hardware_address} To remove a static IPv6 entry from the IPv6 neighbor discovery, use the no ipv6 neighbor [vrf vrf-name] {ipv6-address} {interface interface} command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install IPv6 routes in that VRF.
Usage Information Neighbor Discovery Protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4. It defines mechanisms for solving problems, such as: ● Router discovery: Hosts can locate routers residing on a link. ● Prefix discovery: Hosts can discover address prefixes for the link. ● Parameter discovery . ● Address autoconfiguration — configuration of addresses for an interface .
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. distance (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the metric distance assigned to the route. The range is from 1 to 255. tag value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a tag value number. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. permanent (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permanent to specify that the route is not to be removed, even if the interface assigned to that route goes down.
You can specify the weight value only to destination address and not on the egress port. A route is considered for weighted ECMP calculations only if each paths corresponding to that route is configured with a weight.
Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant DellEMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. You can use this command to view the number of supported extended prefix entries in LPM configured. The output also displays the current applied value and the new value that is applicable after the reboot of the device.
Example Dell# show ipv6 interface linecard 0 TenGigabitEthernet 0/2 is down, line protocol is down IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::7686:7aff:feff:6f08 Global Unicast address(es): 10:10:10:1::8, subnet is 10:10:10::/48 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: infinite Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:8 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable ti
119 118 117 116 115 --More-- 0 0 0 0 0 63 63 63 63 63 show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
show ipv6 control-plane icmp Displays the status of the icmp control-plane setting for the error eate limit setting. Syntax show ipv6 control-plane icmp Default 100 Command Modes EXEC Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant DellEMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
Version 8.4.2.1 Usage Information Example Introduced on the S-Series. Host tables are not stored in CAM tables on S-Series platforms. Entries for camIndex displays as zero (0) on the show ipv6 fib linecard output for neighbor entries, such as address resolution protocol (ARP) entries.
show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6. Syntax show ipv6 interface interface {slot | slot/port} [brief] [configured] [linecard slot-id] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Added support for the managementethernet slot/port parameter. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown).
IPv6 unicast RPF check is not supported DellEMC# DellEMC# show ipv6 interface linecard 0 configured TenGigabitEthernet 0/2 is down, line protocol is down IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::7686:7aff:feff:6f08 Global Unicast address(es): 10:10:10:1::8, subnet is 10:10:10::/48 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: infinite Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:8 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND rea
IPv6 unicast RPF check is not supported DellEMC# DellEMC# show ipv6 interface vlan 112 Vlan 112 is down, line protocol is down IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe8a:e846 Global Unicast address(es): 1111::bbbb, subnet is 1111::/64 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: infinite Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:bbbb ff02::1:ff8a:e846 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 19390 millisecond
IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e Global Unicast address(es): 400::1, subnet is 400::/64 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: infinite Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:1 ff02::1:ffa7:497e ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 20410 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 mi
Example Field Description Malformed Packets The number of MLDv1 and MLDv2 packets that do not match the requirement for a valid MLD packet. MLD Host Traffic Counters Elapsed time since counters cleared: 0028:33:52 Received Sent Valid MLD Packets 97962 18036 Reports 79962 18034 Leaves ---0 MLDv2 Queries 18000 ---MLDv1 Queries 0 ---Errors: Malformed Packets: 4510 show ipv6 neighbors Display IPv6 discovery information.
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 routes. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 route [ipv6-address prefix-length] [vrf vrf-name] [hostname] [all] [bgp as number] [connected] [isis tag] [list prefix-list name] [ospf process-id] [rip] [static] [summary] ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Usage Information Example (SSeries) Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ipv6 route command shown in the following examples.
L fe80::/10 [0/0] Direct, Nu 0, 20:00:18 DellEMC# Example (Summary) show ipv6 route summary: ====================================== DellEMC# show ipv6 route summary Route Source Active Routes connected 3 static 1 Total 4 Total 4 active route(s) using 928 bytes DellEMC# Non-active Routes 0 0 0 IPv6 Basics 883
26 iSCSI Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on a switch. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands.
To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters Defaults time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.6(0.
iscsi enable Globally enable iSCSI optimization. Syntax iscsi enable To disable iSCSI optimization, use the no iscsi enable command. Parameters Defaults enable Enter the keyword enable to enable the iSCSI optimization feature. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
iscsi target port Configure the iSCSI target ports and optionally, the IP addresses on which iSCSI communication is monitored. Syntax iscsi target port [tcp-port-2...tcp-port-16]ip-address [ip-address] To remove the configured iSCSI target ports or IP addresses, use the no iscsi target port command. Parameters tcpEnter the tcp-port number of the iSCSI target ports. The tcp-port-n is the TCP port-2...tcpport- port number or a list of TCP port numbers on which the iSCSI target listens to 16 requests.
Related Commands ● show iscsi session— displays information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch. ● show iscsi session detailed— displays detailed information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch. ● show run iscsi— shows run iscsi. show iscsi session Display information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch. Syntax show iscsi session Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Dell# show isci session detailed Session 0 : --------------------------------------------------Target:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia:ixload:iscsi-TG1 Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.
27 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing through both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered as an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains called areas. Intermediate systems send, receive, and forward packets to other routers within their area (Level 1 and Level 1-2 devices).
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • isis hello padding isis ipv6 metric isis metric isis network point-to-point isis password isis priority is-type log-adjacency-changes lsp-gen-interval lsp-mtu lsp-refresh-interval max-area-addresses max-lsp-lifetime maximum-paths metric-style multi-topology net passive-interface redistribute redistribute bgp redistribute ospf router isis set-overload-bit show config show isis database show isis graceful-restart detail show isis hostname show i
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacencycheck is enabled by default.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced You cannot disable leaking from Level 1 to Level 2. Also, you cannot enable leaking from Level 2 to Level 1.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. To prevent the link state database from receiving incorrect routing information from unauthorized routers, use the area-password command on routers within an area. The configured password injects into Level 1 LSPs, CSNPs, and PSNPs. Related Commands ● domain-password — set the authentication password for a routing domain. ● isis password — configure an authentication password for an interface.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to restart the IS-IS process corresponding to that VRF. tag (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area. * Enter the keyword * to clear all IS-IS information and restart the IS-IS process. This command removes IS-IS neighbor information and IS-IS LSP database information and the full SPF calculation is done. database Clears IS-IS LSP database information.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To configure a shortcut name that you can use instead of entering a long string of numbers associated with an NSAP address, use this command.
debug isis adj-packets Enable debugging on adjacency-related activity such as hello packets that are sent and received on IS-IS adjacencies. Z9500 Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] adj-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name]adj-packets [interface] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the debug information on IS-IS for an adjacency tied to that VRF.
debug isis graceful-restart Enables debugging information on IS-IS; this information contains graceful-restart details that are tied to a VRF. It displays GR hello, internal state, and event debugs. Z9500 Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] graceful-retart [all | events | hello | states] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers command.
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. default-information originate Generates a default route into an IS-IS routing domain and controls the distribution of default information.
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. When you use this command to redistribute routes into a routing domain, the router becomes an autonomous system (AS) boundary router. An AS boundary router does not always generate a default route into a routing domain. The router still requires its own default route before it can generate one. How a metric value assigned to a default route advertises depends on the metric-style command configuration.
distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters Defaults weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source. The range is from 1 to 255. (A higher relative value indicates lower reliability. Routes with smaller values are given preference.) The default is 115.
To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type and the interface following: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Defaults connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected for directly connected routing process. ospf process-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ospf then the OSPF process-ID number. The range is from 1 to 65535. bgp as number (OPTIONAL) Enter the BGP then the AS Number. The range is from 1 to 65535. rip (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rip for RIP routes. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static for user-configured routing process. Not configured.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The domain password is inserted in Level 2 link state PDUs (LSPs), complete sequence number PDUs (CSNPs), and partial sequence number PDUs (PSNPs).
network. A flag in the Restart TLV contains restart request (RR), restart acknowledge (RA) and suppress adjacency advertisement (SA) bit flags. The ISIS graceful restart-enabled router can co-exist in mixed topologies where some routers are graceful restart-enabled and others are not. For neighbors that are not graceful restart-enabled, the restarting router brings up the adjacency per the usual methods.
Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command.
Related Commands ● graceful-restart restart-wait — enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up. hello padding Use to turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point-to-point hello PDUs. Syntax hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] To return to the default, use the no hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] command.
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. IS-IS normally purges LSPs with an incorrect data link checksum causing the LSP source to regenerate the message. A cycle of purging and regenerating LSPs can occur when a network link continues to deliver accurate LSPs even though there is a link causing data corruption.
NOTE: IP address is not mandatory for forming IS-IS adjacency. Related Commands ● net — configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process. ● router isis — enable the IS-IS routing protocol. ipv6 router isis Enable the IPv6 IS-IS routing protocol and specify an IPv6 IS-IS process. Syntax ipv6 router isis [tag] To disable IS-IS routing, use the no router isis [tag] command. Parameters Defaults tag (OPTIONAL) This parameter is a unique name for a routing process.
isis circuit-type Configure the adjacency type on interfaces. Syntax isis circuit-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no isis circuit-type command. Parameters Defaults level-1 You can form a Level 1 adjacency if there is at least one common area address between this system and neighbors. You cannot form Level 2 adjacencies on this interface.
To return to the default values, use the no isis csnp-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters Defaults seconds Interval of transmission time between CSNPs on multi-access networks for the designated intermediate system. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 1. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 2.
Defaults seconds = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Hello PDUs are “padded” only when both the global and interface padding options are ON. Turning either one OFF disables padding for the corresponding interface. Related Commands ● hello padding — turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs. isis ipv6 metric Assign metric to an interface for use with IPv6 information.
isis metric Assign a metric to an interface. Syntax isis metric default-metric [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis metric [default-metric] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters default-metric Metric assigned to the link and used to calculate the cost from each other router via the links in the network to other destinations. You can configure this metric for Level 1 or Level 2 routing. The range is from 0 to 16777215 irrespective of the metric style. The default is 10.
isis network point-to-point Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface. Syntax isis network point-to-point To disable the feature, use the no isis network point-to-point command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. You can configure priorities independently for Level 1 and Level 2.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. The IS-IS protocol automatically determines area boundaries and are able to keep Level 1 and Level 2 routing separate. Poorly planned use of this feature may cause configuration errors, such as accidental area partitioning.
lsp-gen-interval Set the minimum interval between successive generations of link-state packets (LSPs). Syntax lsp-gen-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] To restore default values, use the no lsp-gen-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command. Parameters level-l (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-1 LSPs.
and there are no triggers for two times the maximum interval, fast behavior is restored (the initial wait time). lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs this router generates. Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes. The range is from 512 to 16000 for Non-Jumbo mode and from 128 to 9195 for Jumbo mode. The default is 1497.
Parameters Defaults seconds The LSP refresh interval, in seconds. This value must be 300 seconds less than the value specified in the max-lsp-lifetime command. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. The default is 900. 900 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Change the maximum LSP lifetime with this command. The maximum LSP lifetime must always be greater than the LSP refresh interval. The seconds parameter enables the router to keep LSPs for the specified length of time. If the value is higher, the overhead is reduced on slower-speed links.
Version Description 6.3.1.0 Introduced. metric-style To generate and accept old-style, new-style, or both styles of type, length, and values (TLV), configure a router. Syntax metric-style {narrow [transition] | transition | wide [transition]} [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no metric-style {narrow [transition] | transition | wide [transition]} [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters Defaults narrow Allows you to generate and accept old-style TLVs.
Related Commands ● isis metric — configure a metric for an interface. multi-topology Enables multi-topology IS-IS. It also allows enabling/disabling of old and new style TLVs for IP prefix information in the LSPs. Syntax multi-topology [transition] To return to a single topology configuration, use the no multi-topology [transition] command. Parameters Defaults transition Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 2 routes only. This setting is the default. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) The value used for the redistributed route. Use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 0.
redistribute bgp 1 level-1 metric 32 metric-type external route-map rmap-isis-to-bgp redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. Enable routing on one or more interfaces to establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing. You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time.
overload bit in its LSPs, other routers ignore the unreliable router in their SPF calculations until the router has recovered. NOTE: Enables you to configure a single system wide value that is common for both IPv4 and IPv6 address. show config Display the changes you made to the IS-IS configuration. Default values are not shown. Syntax show config Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
multi-topology transition set-overload-bit spf-interval level-1 100 15 20 spf-interval level-2 120 20 25 exit-address-family show isis database Display the IS-IS link state database. Z9500 Syntax show isis [vrf vrf-name] database [level-1 | level-2] [local] [detail | summary] [system-id] [lspid] Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS link state database corresponding to that VRF.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show isis database command shown in the following example. Field Description IS-IS Level-1/ Level-2 Link State Database Displays the IS-IS link state database for Level 1 or Level 2. LSPID Displays the LSP identifier. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The next octet is the pseudonode ID.
IP Address: 10.1.1.1 IPv6 Address: 1011::1 Topology: IPv4 (0x00) IPv6 (0x8002) Metric: 10 IS OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 2511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1011::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Hostname: ISIS IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x0000002D 0xB2CD 1075 0/0/0 Area Address: 49.0000.
Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
detail (OPTIONAL) Displays detailed information about neighbors. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
Example The bold sections below identify that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. This command displays only one IP address per line. DellEMC# show isis neighbors System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Te 7/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:01 TEST.02 ! DellEMC#show isis neighbors detail System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Te 7/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:04 TEST.02 Area Address(es): 49.0000.0001 IP Address(es): 25.1.1.3* MAC Address: 0000.0000.
Example The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. DellEMC# show isis protocol IS-IS Router: System Id: F100.E120.0013 IS-Type: level-1-2 Manual area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Routing for area address(es): 49.0000.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show isis traffic command shown in the following example. Item Description Level-1/Level-2 Hellos (sent/ rcvd) Displays the number of Hello packets sent and received.
IS-IS: LSP authentication failures : 0 DellEMC# spf-interval Specify the minimum interval between shortest path first (SPF) calculations. Syntax spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] To restore default values, use the no spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command.
Usage Information This command spf-interval in CONFIG-ROUTER-ISIS-AF-IPV6 mode is used for IPv6 Multi-Topology route computation only. If using Single Topology mode, use the spf-interval command in CONFIGROUTER-ISIS mode for both IPv4 and IPv6 route computations. SPF throttling slows down the frequency at which route calculations are performed during network instability.
28 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This section contains commands for Dell EMC Networks’ implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell EMC Networking OS. NOTE: For static LAG commands based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.3 Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications, see Port Channel Commands .
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● show lacp — display the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on).
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session.
Usage Information This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only. When applied on a static port-channel, this command has no effect. Related Commands ● show lacp — display the LACP configuration. lacp port-priority To influence which ports will be put in Standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating, configure the port priority.
Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● show lacp — display the LACP information. ● show interfaces port-channel — display information on configured Port Channel groups. show lacp Display the LACP matrix. Z9500 Syntax show lacp port-channel-number [sys-id | counters] Parameters Defaults port-channelnumber Enter a port-channel number. The range is from 1 to 512.
Example (Port-ChannelNumber) DellEMC# show lacp 1 Port-channel 1 admin up, oper up, mode lacp Actor System ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.a12b Partner System ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
29 Layer 2 This section describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. Topics: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mac-address-table aging-time Specify an aging time for MAC addresses to remove from the MAC address table.
mac-address-table aging-time Specify an aging time for MAC addresses to remove from the MAC address table. Syntax mac-address-table aging-time seconds Parameters Defaults seconds Enter either zero (0) or a number as the number of seconds before MAC addresses are relearned. To disable aging of the MAC address table, enter 0. The range is from 10 to 1000000. The default is 1800 seconds. 1800 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
To remove a MAC address, use the no mac-address-table static mac-address output interface vlan vlan-id command. Parameters mac-address Enter the 48-bit hexadecimal address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. multicast Enter a vlan port to where L2 multicast MAC traffic is forwarded. NOTE: Use this option if you want multicast functionality in an L2 VLAN without IGMP protocols.
Example (Unicast) mac-address-table static 00:01:00:00:00:01 {output Te 1/2 vlan 2} Example (Multicast) mac-address-table static 01:00:5E:01:00:01 {multicast vlan 2 output—range Te 1/2, Te 1/3} Related Commands ● show mac-address-table — display the MAC address table. mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change.
mac learning-limit Limit the maximum number of MAC addresses (static + dynamic) learned on a selected interface. Syntax Parameters Defaults mac learning-limit address_limit [vlan vlan-id] [station-move-violation [dynamic]] [dynamic [no-station-move| station-move]] address_limit Enter the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on the interface. The range is from 1 to 1000000. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
MAC Learning Limit violation logs and actions are not available on a per-VLAN basis. With the keyword no-station-move option, MAC addresses learned through this feature on the selected interface persist on a per-VLAN basis, even if received on another interface. Enabling or disabling this option has no effect on already learned MAC addresses. After the MAC address learning limit is reached, the MAC addresses do not age out unless you add the dynamic option.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands ● show mac learning-limit — display details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky Maintain the dynamically learned mac addresses as sticky MAC addresses on the selected port.
mac learning-limit station-move-violation Specify the actions for a station move violation. Syntax mac learning-limit station-move-violation {log | shutdown-both | shutdownoffending | shutdown-original} To disable a configuration, use the no mac learning-limit station-move-violation command, then the configured keyword. Parameters Defaults log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a station move violation.
mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state. Syntax mac learning-limit reset Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then the interface type, slot and port information: ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
show mac-address-table Display the MAC address table. Syntax Parameters show mac-address-table [address mac-address | interface interface | vlan vlan-id] [aging-time] [dynamic | static] [count [vlan vlan-id] [interface interface-type [slot [/port]]]] address mac- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword address then a MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address.
Usage Information Example Usage Information Example (Count) 974 Layer 2 Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Updated the output. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Total Synced Mac from Peer(N): Total MAC Addresses in Use: DellEMC# Related Commands 100 110 ● show mac-address-table aging-time — display MAC aging time. show mac-address-table aging-time Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch. Syntax Parameters show mac-address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094.
show mac learning-limit Display MAC address learning limits set for various interfaces. Z9500 Syntax show mac learning-limit [violate-action] [detail] [interface interface] Parameters violate-action (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords violate-action to display the MAC learning limit violation status. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the MAC learning limit in detail.
Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands The following commands configure and monitor virtual LANs (VLANs). VLANs are a virtual interface and use many of the same commands as physical interfaces. You can configure an IP address and Layer 3 protocols on a VLAN called Inter-VLAN routing. FTP, TFTP, ACLs and SNMP are not supported on a VLAN. Occasionally, while sending broadcast traffic over multiple Layer 3 VLANs, the VRRP state of a VLAN interface may continually switch between Master and Backup.
The Default VLAN contains only untagged interfaces. Related Commands ● interface vlan — configure a VLAN. default-vlan disable Disable the default VLAN so that all switchports are placed in the Null VLAN until they are explicitly configured as a member of another VLAN. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. DellEMC(conf-if-vl-100)# show config ! interface Vlan 100 no ip address no shutdown DellEMC(conf-if-vl-100)# show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1.(0.0) Updated to support OpenFlow. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display PVLAN data for the C-Series and S-Series and revised the output to include the Description field to display a user-entered VLAN description. 7.6.1.
o - OpenFlow untagged, O - OpenFlow tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack i - Internal untagged, I - Internal tagged, v - VLT untagged, V - VLT tagged NUM Status Description Q Ports * 1 Inactive 2 Active U Po1(Te 1/1) T Po20(Te 1/6), Te 1/25 T Te 1/7 3 Active T Po20(Te 1/6) T Te 1/7 U Te 1/1 4 Active U Po2(Te 1/2) T Po20(Te 1/6) T Te 1/7 5 Active T Po20(Te 1/6) T Te 1/7 U Te 1/3 6 Active U Po3(Te 1/4) T Po20(Te 1/6) T Te 1/7 7 Active T Po20(Te 1/6) T Te 1/7 U Te 1/5 P 100 Active T Po1(Te 1/1) T Te 1/2 C 10
Example (Name) Dellconf)# interface vlan 222 DellEMC(conf-if-vl-222)#name test DellEMC(conf-if-vl-222)#do show vlan name test Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM Status Description 222 Inactive DellEMC(conf-if-vl-222)# Example (OpenFlow instance) * O O O Related Commands NUM 1 3 6 8 12 Status Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Q Ports U Te 1/22 Description Q Ports O Te 1/10 ● vlan-stack
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information FEFD disable command on the interface prevents the interface from running FEFD when FEFD is enabled globally. Related Commands ● fefd reset — clear an interface in Err-disabled state. It doesn’t work until the interface is in errdisabled state. ● fefd mode — change FEFD mode on an interface.
fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command. Parameters Defaults normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands ● fefd — enable far-end failure detection. ● fefd-global — enable FEFD globally on the system. fefd-global Enable FEFD globally on the system.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information Related Commands If you enter only the fefd-global syntax, the mode is normal and the default interval is 15 seconds. If you disable FEFD globally (no fefd-global), the system does not remove the FEFD interface configuration. ● fefd — enable far-end failure detection. ● fefd-global interval — configure an interval between FEFD control packets. ● show fefd — display the FEFD command output.
Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number. Mode Displays the mode (aggressive or normal) or NA if the interface contains fefd reset in its configuration. Interval Displays the interval between FEFD packets. State Displays the state of the interface and can be one of the following: ● bi-directional (interface is up, connected and hearing neighbor’s echoes).
30 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) The link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management. The Dell EMC Networking operating software implementation of LLDP is based on IEEE standard 801.1ab.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added the vlan-name option. 7.6.1.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. advertise interface-port-desc Advertise port descriptor.
Defaults systemdescription Enter the keywords system-description to advertise the system description TLVs to the LLDP peer. system-name Enter the keywords system-name to advertise the system name TLVs to the LLDP peer. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. clear lldp counters Clear LLDP transmitting and receiving counters for all physical interfaces or a specific physical interface.
clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interface. Syntax clear lldp neighbors [interface interface] Parameters interface interface Defaults (OPTIONAL)Enter the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Parameters interface interface Defaults Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. all Enter the keyword all to display information on all interfaces. events Enter the keyword events to display major events such as timer events.
Dec 4 22:38:28 : 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 c6 0f ba 27 Dec 4 22:38:28 : TLV: Chassis ID, Len: 7, Subtype: Mac address (4) Value: 00:a0:c9:00:00:01 Dec 4 22:38:29 : TLV: Port ID, Len: 2, Subtype: Interface name (5) Value: T Dec 4 22:38:29 : TLV: TTL, Len: 2, Value: 300 Dec 4 22:38:29 : TLV: UNKNOWN TLV, ORG_SPEC[aa-bb-cc, 4], Len: 1, Value:a Dec 4 22:38:29 : aa bb cc 04 61 Dec 4 22:38:29 : 40 Dec 4 22:38:29 : TLV: UNKNOWN TLV, Type: 125 Len: 1, Value: @ Dec 4 22:38:29 : TLV: ENDOFPDU, Len: 0 disable Enable or
hello Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer. Syntax hello seconds To revert to the default, use the no hello seconds command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the rate, in seconds, at which the control packets are sent to its peer. The rate is from 5 to 180 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. 30 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810. To enable LLDP on the management interface, use the no disable command in LLDP-MANAGEMENTINTERFACE mode (conf-lldp-mgmtIf). mode To receive or transmit, set LLDP. Syntax mode {tx | rx} To return to the default, use the no mode command.
multiplier Set the multiple of the hello timer before LLDP declares the interface dead. Syntax multiplier number To return to the default, use the no multiplier command. Parameters Defaults integer Enter the number of consecutive misses before the LLDP declares the interface dead. The range is from 2 to 10. 4 Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Before LLDP can be configured on an interface, it must be enabled globally from CONFIGURATION mode. This command places you in LLDP mode on the interface; it does not enable the protocol.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Omitting the keyword detail displays only the remote chassis ID, Port ID, and Dead Interval.
78, 4) 88, 4) 98, 4) (108, 4) (118, 4) ( 79, 4) ( 80, 4) ( 81, 4) ( 82, 4) ( 83, 4) ( 84, 4) ( 85, 4) ( 86, 4) ( 87, 4) ( ( 89, 4) ( 90, 4) ( 91, 4) ( 92, 4) ( 93, 4) ( 94, 4) ( 95, 4) ( 96, 4) ( 97, 4) ( ( 99, 4) (100, 4) (101, 4) (102, 4) (103, 4) (104, 4) (105, 4) (106, 4) (107, 4) (109, 4) (110, 4) (111, 4) (112, 4) (113, 4) (114, 4) (115, 4) (116, 4) (117, 4) (119, 4) (120, 4) (121, 4) (122, 4) (123, 4) (124, 4) (125, 4) (126, OrgUnknownTLVList: -------
Time since last information change of this neighbor: 00:01:39 UnknownTLVList: OrgUnknownTLVList: ((00-01-66),127, 4) ((00-01-66),126, 4) ((00-01-66),125, 4) ((00-01-66),124, ((00-01-66),123, 4) ((00-01-66),122, 4) ((00-01-66),121, 4) ((00-01-66),120, 4) ((00-01-66),119, ((00-01-66),118, 4) --------------------------------------------------------------------------Remote Chassis ID Subtype: Mac address (4) Remote Chassis ID: 4c:76:25:f4:ab:02 Remote Port Subtype: Interface name (5) Remote Port ID: fortyGigE 1
Example Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. DellEMC# show lldp statistics Total number of neighbors: 300 Last table change time : Mon Oct 02 16:00:52 2006 Number of Table Inserts : 1621 Number of Table Deletes : 200 Number of Table Drops : 0 Number of Table Age Outs : 400 DellEMC# show management-interface Display LLDP management interface configuration information.
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S8420T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Regarding connected endpoint devices, LLDP-MED provides network connectivity devices with the ability to: ● manage inventory ● identify physical location ● identify network policy advertise med guest-voice To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user with their own IP telephony handset or other appliances that support interactive voice services, configure the system.
advertise med guest-voice-signaling To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user when the guest voice control packets use a separate network policy than the voice data, configure the system. Syntax advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
advertise med location-identification To advertise a location identifier, configure the system. Syntax advertise med location-identification {coordinate-based value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} To return to the default, use the no advertise med location-identification {coordinate-based value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} command. Parameters coordinate-based Enter the keywords coordinate-based then the coordinated based location in value hexadecimal value of 16 bytes.
advertise med power-via-mdi To advertise the Extended Power via MDI TLV, configure the system. Syntax advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
priority-tagged number Defaults Enter the keywords priority-tagged, the Layer 2 priority, and then the DSCP value. Unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON.
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. ● ● debug lldp interface — debug LLDP.
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. ● debug lldp interface — de bug LLDP. ● show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors. advertise med voice-signaling To advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data, configure the system.
Related Commands 1022 Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. ● debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. ● show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors.
31 Microsoft Network Load Balancing Network load balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. Microsoft NLB clustering allows multiple servers running Microsoft Windows to be represented by one MAC and one IP address to provide transparent failover and load-balancing.
Related Commands clear arp-cache — clears dynamic ARP entries from the ARP table. show arp — displays the ARP table. ip vlan-flooding Enable unicast data-traffic flooding on VLAN member ports. Syntax ip vlan-flooding To disable, use the no ip vlan-flooding command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Example (Multicast) The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Added support for multicast MAC address on the MXL platform.
32 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell EMC Networking OS. Topics: • • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands ● show ip pim tib — show the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This feature allows you to limit the number of multicast entries on the system. This number is the total of all the multicast entries on all line cards in the system.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Usage Information After you enable multicast, you can enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. In INTERFACE mode, enter the ip pim sparse-mode command to enable IGMP and PIM on the interface. Related Commands ● ip pim sparse-mode — enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. mtrace Trace a multicast route from the source to the receiver.
via group 226.0.0.3 From source (?) to destination (?) ----------------------------------------------------------------|Hop| OIF IP |Proto| Forwarding Code |Source Network/Mask| ----------------------------------------------------------------0 1.1.1.1 --> Destination -1 1.1.1.1 PIM Reached RP/Core 103.103.103.0/24 -2 101.101.101.102 PIM 103.103.103.0/24 -3 2.2.2.1 PIM 103.103.103.0/24 -4 103.103.103.
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Field Description uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the multicast forwarding table. Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) information towards the source for (S,G) entries and the RP for (*,G) entries. Outgoing interface list: Lists the interfaces that meet one of the following: ● a directly connected member of the Group ● statically configured member of the Group ● received a (*,G) or (S,G) Join message Example show ip rpf View reverse path forwarding.
IPv6 Multicast Commands .This section describes the IPv6 multicast commands. debug ipv6 mld_host Enable the collection of debug information for MLD host transactions. Z9500 Syntax [no] debug ipv6 mld_host [int-count | interface type] [slot/port-range] To discontinue collection of debug information for the MLD host transactions, use the no debug ipv6 mld_host command. Parameters Default int-count Enter the keyword count to indicate the number of required debug messages.
Parameters Defaults vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to limit the number of multicast on the VRF. limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The range is from 1 to 16000. The default is 4000. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
33 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM sparse-mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. The Dell EMC Networking OS supports MSDP commands on the Z9500 platform.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added the local option. 7.7.1.0 Added the rejected-sa option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries.
debug ip msdp Turn on MSDP debugging. Z9500 Syntax debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} To turn debugging off, use the no debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} command. Parameters Defaults event peer address Enter the keyword event then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). packet peer address Enter the keyword packet then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added the list option and removed the prefix-list option. 7.4.1.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters Defaults name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name. peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Not configured.
ip msdp originator-id Configure the MSDP Originator ID. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp originator-id {interface} To remove the originator-id, use the no ip msdp originator-id {interface} command. Parameters Defaults interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [sa-limit number] To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced The connect-source option is used to supply a source IP address for the TCP connection. When an interface is specified using the connect-source option, the primary configured address on the interface is used. If the total number of SA messages received from the peer is already larger than the limit when this command is applied, those SA messages continue to be accepted.
To apply the redistribute filter to entries already present in the SA cache, use the clear ip msdp sa-cache local command. ip msdp sa-filter Permit or deny MSDP source active (SA) messages based on multicast source and/or group from the specified peer. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer-address list [access-list name] Remove this configuration using the no ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer address list [access-list name] command.
ip msdp sa-limit Configure the upper limit of source-active (SA) entries in SA-cache. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp sa-limit number To return to the default, use the no ip msdp sa-limit number command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 1 to 500000. 50000 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
ip msdp shutdown Administratively shut down a configured MSDP peer. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp shutdown {peer address} Parameters Defaults peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced DellEMC# show ip msdp peer 100.1.1.1 Peer Addr: 100.1.1.1 Local Addr: 100.1.1.
Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
34 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell EMC Networking OS, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell EMC Networking OS.
events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug MSTP events. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. ● max-age — change the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information.
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. ● forward-delay — amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. ● max-age — change the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the MSTB.
max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. Z9500 Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters Defaults range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20. 20 hops Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
bridge-priority priority Enter the keywords bridge-priority then a value in increments of 4096 as the bridge priority. The range is from zero (0) to 61440. Valid priority values are: 0, 4096, 8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 36864, 40960, 45056, 49152, 53248, 57344, and 61440. All other values are rejected. Defaults default bridge-priority is 32768. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. MSTP is not enabled when you enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. To enable MSTP globally on the switch, enter the no disable command while in MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MST region, the switches must share the same revision number. Related Commands ● msti — map the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. ● name — assign the region name to the MST region. show config View the current configuration for the mode.
name CustomerSvc revision 2 MSTI 10 VLAN 101-105 max-hops 5 DellEMC(conf-mstp)# show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. Z9500 Syntax show spanning-tree mst configuration Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example 1062 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] instance-number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance. guard (Optional) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an MSTP interface and the current port state.
Field Description Instance MSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard). Example (Guard) spanning-tree Enable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface. Z9500 Syntax spanning-tree To disable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface, use the no spanning-tree command.
spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults spanning-tree msti instance {cost cost | priority priority} msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number. The range is from zero (0) to 63. cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
spanning-tree mstp edge-port Configures the interface as an MST edge port and optionally a Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard. Z9500 Syntax spanning-tree mstp edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] Parameters mstp edge-port Enter the keyword mstp then the keywords edge-port to configure the interface as a Multiple Spanning Tree edge port. bpduguard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into forwarding mode immediately after the root fails.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
35 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. count value Defaults Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is infinity. None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.10(0.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. ● ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. ● ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. hop–limit Enable the verification of the advertised hop count limit. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed.
Parameters policy policy- name Enter the keyword policy then the policy name. The policy-name allows a maximum of 140 characters. vlan [vlan 1, vlan Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN range. The VLAN range is from 1 to 4094. 2, vlan 3........] Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. ipv6 nd ra–guard policy Define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. Syntax ipv6 nd ra-guard policy policy-name Parameters policy policy- name Defaults Enter the keyword policy then the policy-name. The policy name allows a maximum of 140 characters. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. ● ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ● ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. other–config–flag Enable the verification of the advertised other configuration parameter. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed.
Parameters Defaults value Enter the advertised reachability time in milliseconds. The range is from 0 to 3,600,000 milliseconds. None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the router advertisement (RA) guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. router–lifetime Set the router lifetime.
Parameters Defaults high Enter the keyword high to set the DRP value as high. low Enter the keyword low to set the DRP value as low. medium Enter the keyword medium to set the DRP value as medium. None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.10(0.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Introduced on the S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. Example Related Commands ● ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ● ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. Usage Information Use this command to disable all the RA guard policies. Related Commands ● ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ● ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the router advertisement (RA) guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode.
36 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on platform. OSPF is an interior gateway protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single autonomous system (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the remaining DNOS platforms. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf Clear all OSPF routing tables.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● show ip ospf statistics — display the OSPF statistics.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the database-timer rate-limit option for the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Field Description pri: Displays the OSPF priority N, MC, E, T Displays information available in the Options field of the HELLO packet: ● N + (N-bit is set) ● N - (N-bit is not set) ● MC+ (bit used by MOSPF is set and router is able to forward IP multicast packets) ● MC- (bit used by MOSPF is not set and router cannot forward IP multicast packets) ● E + (router is able to accept AS External LSAs) ● E - (router cannot accept AS External LSAs) ● T + (router can support TOS) ● T - (router cannot support TO
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. description Add a description about the selected OSPF configuration. Z9500 Syntax description description To remove the OSPF description, use the no description command.
Related Commands ● show ip ospf asbr — display the VLAN configuration. distance Define an administrative distance for particular routes to a specific IP address. Z9500 Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask access-list-name] To delete the settings, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask access-list-name] command. Parameters weight Specify an administrative distance. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a router ID in the dotted decimal format.
distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. Z9500 Syntax distance ospf [external dist3] [inter-area dist2] [intra-area dist1] To delete these settings, use the no distance ospf command. Parameters Defaults external dist3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword external then a number to specify a distance for external type 5 and 7 routes. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110.
distribute-list in Apply a filter to incoming routing updates from OSPF to the routing table. Z9500 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list.
distribute-list out To restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation, apply a filter. Z9500 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] To remove a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. bgp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bgp to specify that BGP routes are distributed.
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The distribute-list out command applies to routes autonomous system boundary routers (ASBRs) redistributes into OSPF. It can be applied to external type 2 and external type 1 routes, but not to intra-area and inter-area routes.
Defaults None. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. In OSPF, flooding is the most resource-consuming task.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Restart role enabled on the S-Series (Both Helper and Restart roles now supported on S-Series). Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart mode Enable the graceful restart mode.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, use the no graceful-restart role command. Parameters Defaults role helper-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords helper-only to specify the OSPF router is a helper only during graceful restart.
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type. During the grace period, OSPF sends out packets with new and old authentication scheme until the grace period expires. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf auth-change-wait-time seconds To return to the default, use the no ip ospf auth-change-wait-time command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the seconds. The range is from 0 to 300. zero (0) seconds.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON.
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times the default hello-interval.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. Related Commands ● ip ospf dead-interval — set the time interval before a router is declared dead.
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure a maximum of six digest keys on an interface. Of the available six digest keys, the switches select the MD5 key that is common. The remaining MD5 keys are unused. To change to a different key on the interface, enable the new key while the old key is still enabled.
ip ospf network Set the network type for the interface. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} To return to the default, use the no ip ospf network command. Parameters Defaults broadcast Enter the keyword broadcast to designate the interface as part of a broadcast network. point-to-point Enter the keywords point-to-point to designate the interface as part of a point-to-point network. Broadcast. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
To return to the default setting, use the no ip ospf priority command. Parameters Defaults number Enter a number as the priority. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 1. 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults number Specify the number of paths. The range for OSPFv2 is from 1 to 64.
mib-binding Enable this OSPF process ID to manage the SNMP traps and process SNMP queries. Z9500 Syntax mib-binding To mib-binding on this OSPF process, use the no mib-binding command. Defaults none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command.
area-id Enter the OSPF area ID as either a decimal value or in a valid IP address. Decimal value range is from 0 to 65535. IP address format is dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. NOTE: If the area ID is smaller than 65535, it is converted to a decimal value. For example, if you use an area ID of 0.0.0.1, it is converted to 1. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters default Enter the keyword default to make all OSPF interfaces (current and future) passive. interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
● All previous passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration. ● All previous no passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration. no ● ● ● passive-interface interface Remove the interface from the passive list. The ABR status for the router is updated. If passive-interface default is specified, then save no passive-interface interface into the running configuration.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
route-map map- name tag tag-value Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example show ip ospf Display information on the OSPF process configured on the switch.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.8.0 Added output for LSA throttling timers. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF. 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.8.1.0 Added the process-id option, in support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0, the show ip ospf command output does not list Area 0.
show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults show ip ospf [process-id] asbr process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 DellEMC# -/-/-/ E/-/-/ 2 0 10.0.0.2 0.0.0.0 Te 1/1 - 1 0 show ip ospf database Display all LSA information. If you do not enable OSPF on the switch, no output is generated. Z9500 Syntax show ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Example Field Description Link ID Identifies the router ID. ADV Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Age Displays the link state age. Seq# Identifies the link state sequence number. This number allows you to identify old or duplicate link state advertisements. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Link count Displays the number of interfaces for that router. DellEMC> show ip ospf 1 database OSPF Router with ID (11.1.2.
● the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs adv-router ip- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ip-address to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information 1128 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
Example Field Description Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metric. DellEMC# show ip ospf 100 database asbr-summary OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Summary Asbr (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1437 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 103.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information 1130 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
Example Field Description Metrics Type Displays the external type. TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metric. Forward Address Identifies the address of the forwarding router. Data traffic is forwarded to this router. If the forwarding address is 0.0.0.0, data traffic is forwarded to the originating router. External Route Tag Displays the 32-bit field attached to each external route.
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: ● the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs ● the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs ● the default destination (0.0.0.
Example Field Description Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router. Checksum Identifies the link state sequence number. This number enables you to identify old or duplicate LSAs. Length Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Network Mask Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Attached Router Identifies the IP address of routers attached to the network.
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followeed by the name of the VRF to view NSSA-External LSA information corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: ● the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs ● the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs ● the default destination (0.0.0.
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view opaque-area LSA information corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
Item Description ● E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. Example LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Opaque Type Displays the Opaque type field (the first 8 bits of the Link State ID).
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
adv-router ip- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router followed by the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148.
Example Item Description Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Number of Links Displays the number of active links to the type of router (Area Border Router or AS Boundary Router) listed in the previous line. Link connected to: Identifies the type of network to which the router is connected. (Link ID) Identifies the link type and address. (Link Data) Identifies the router interface address. Number of TOS Metric Lists the number of TOS metrics.
Related Commands ● show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf database summary Display the network summary (type 3) LSA routing information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name ] database summary [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Usage Information Example Version Description pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database summary command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: ● TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x1241 Length: 28 Network Mask: /26 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 DellEMC# Related Commands ● show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information. show ip ospf interface Display the OSPF interfaces configured. If OSPF is not enabled on the switch, no output is generated.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id interface command shown in the following example.
Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
show ip ospf routes Display routes OSPF calculates and stores in OSPF RIB. Z9500 Syntax show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name ] routes Parameters Defaults process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to show the OSPF RIB information corresponding to the OSPF processes that are tied to a specific VRF.
of connected networks in addition to the other settings, whereas these details are not displayed until Dell EMC Networking OS Version 9.3(0.0). Starting with Version 9.4(0.0), the metric of E2 routes in the output is displayed as an external metric, whereas until Dell EMC Networking OS Version 9.3(0.0), the number of hops to the ASBR for E2 routes are displayed in the output. Example DellEMC# show ip ospf 100 route Prefix Cost Nexthop 1.1.1.1 1 0.0.0.0 3.3.3.3 2 13.0.0.3 13.0.0.0 1 0.0.0.0 150.150.150.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.
Example Error Type Description Self-Org Receive the self originated packet. Wrong_Len The received packet length is different to what was indicated in the OSPF header. Invld-Nbr LSA, LSR, LSU, and DDB are received from a peer which is not a neighbor peer. Nbr-State LSA, LSR, and LSU are received from a neighbor with stats less than the loading state. Auth-Error Simple authentication error.
Example (Statistics) DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/6)# do show ip ospf statistics Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/6 Error packets (Receive statistics) Intf-Down 0 Non-Dr 0 Self-Org 0 Wrong-Len 0 Invld-Nbr 0 Nbr-State 0 Auth-Error 0 MD5-Error 0 Cksum-Err 0 Version 0 AreaMisMatch 0 Conf-Issue 0 SeqNo-Err 0 Unknown-Pkt 0 Bad-LsReq 0 RtidZero 0 Neighbor ID 4.4.4.
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. DellEMC# show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.96 DellEMC# show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas.
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. To isolate problems with inter-area and external routes, use this command. In OSPF inter-area and external routes are calculated by adding LSA cost to the cost of reaching the router. If an inter-area or external route is not of correct cost, the display can determine if the path to the originating router is correct or not. DellEMC# show ip ospf 1 topology Router ID 3.3.
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The area range command summarizes routes for the different areas. With the not-advertise parameter configured, you can use this command to filter out some external routes.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 9.0.2.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. OSPFv3 Commands Open shortest path first version 3 (OSPFv3) for IPv6 is supported on the platform. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) remain unchanged.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
key Text string used in encryption. The required lengths of a non-encrypted or encrypted key are: 3DES - 48 or 96 hex digits; DES - 16 or 32 hex digits; AES-CBC -32 or 64 hex digits for AES-128 and 48 or 96 hex digits for AES-192. authenticationalgorithm key-encryptiontype key Specifies the authentication algorithm to use for encryption. Valid values are MD5 or SHA1. (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the authentication key is encrypted. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted).
To remove an IPsec encryption policy from an interface, enter the no area area-id encryption spi number command. Related Commands ● ipv6 ospf encryption – configure an IPsec encryption policy on an OSPFv3 interface. ● show crypto ipsec policy – display the configuration of IPsec encryption policies. area nssa Specify an area as a not so stubby area (NSSA). Syntax area area-id nssa [default-information-originate] [no-redistribution] [nosummary] To delete an NSSA, use the no area area-id nssa command.
auto-cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method. Z9500 Syntax auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type, use the no autocost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] command. Parameters Defaults ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second. The range is from 1 to 4294967. The default is 100 megabits per second. 100 megabits per second.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. The following section describes the command fields. Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf to view debugging information on OSPF corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Example (detail) This guide is platform-specific.
Command Fields Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version.. type: Displays the type of packet sent: ● 1 - Hello packet ● 2 - database description ● 3 - link state request ● 4 - link state update ● 5 - link state acknowledgement Length: Displays the OSPFv3 packet length. Router ID: Displays the OSPFv3 router ID. Area ID: Displays the OSPFv3 area ID.
Example Example (detail) Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. DellEMC# debug ipv6 ospf packet OSPFv3 packet related debugging is on for all interfaces 05:21:01 : OSPFv3: Sending, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.
debug ipv6 ospf spf Display debug information for SPF timers on OSPF IPv6 packets. Syntax [no] debug ipv6 ospf spf [vrf vrf-name] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Aug 25 11:20:00: %STKUNIT0-M:CP %BFDMGR-1-BFD_STATE_CHANGE: Changed session state to Up for neighbor fe80::201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 on interface Te 1/2 (diag: NO_DIAG) 00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: OSPFV3 got BFD msg 00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: Bfd Msg Type Up for interface Te 1/2 00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: OSPFV3 updating NBR state default-information originate Configure the Dell EMC Networking OS to generate a default external route into an OSPFv3 routing domain.
graceful-restart grace-period Enable OSPFv3 graceful restart globally by setting the grace period (in seconds) that an OSPFv3 router’s neighbors continues to advertise the router as adjacent during a graceful restart. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter no graceful-restart grace-period. Parameters Defaults seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPFv3 terminates the process.
To disable graceful restart mode, enter no graceful-restart mode. Parameters Defaults planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only. unplanned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords unplanned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in an unplanned restart condition only. OSPFv3 graceful restart supports both planned and unplanned failures.
Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
● Passive — passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is Active. Defaults See Parameters. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times longer than the default hello-interval. Related Commands ● ipv6 ospf hello-interval – specify the time interval between hello packets. ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Usage Information Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Introduced on E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. By default, OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions only in a helper role to help restarting neighbor routers in their graceful restarts when it receives a Grace LSA. When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor.
ipv6 ospf priority To determine the Designated Router for the OSPFv3 network, set the priority of the interface. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 ospf priority number To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf priority command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the number as the priority. The range is from 1 to 255. 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. passive-interface Disable (suppress) sending routing updates on an interface.
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, no interfaces are passive. Routing updates are sent to all interfaces on which the routing protocol is enabled. If you disable the sending of routing updates on an interface, the particular address prefix continues to be advertised to other interfaces, and updates from other routers on that interface continue to be received and processed.
ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
Usage Information Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address for each router. However, each router ID must be unique.
Related Commands Example show crypto ipsec sa ipv6– displays the IPsec security associations used on OSPFv3 interfaces.
show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces. Z9500 Syntax show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 [interface interface] Parameters interface interface (OPTIONAL) Displays information about the SAs used on a specified OSPFv3 interface, where interface is one of the following values: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
spi : 500 (0x1f4) transform : ah-md5-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound ah sas spi : 500 (0x1f4) transform : ah-md5-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE inbound esp sas outbound esp sas Interface: TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe40:4d11 IPSecv6 policy name: OSPFv3-1-600 inbound ah sas outbound ah sas inbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settin
show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information. Z9500 Syntax show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] [interface] Parameters process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
Example DellEMC# show ipv6 ospf 3 interface tengigabitethernet 1/2 TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 is up, line protocol is up Link Local Address fe80::201:e8ff:fe17:5bbd, Interface ID 67420217 Area 0, Process ID 1, Instance ID 0, Router ID 11.1.1.1 NetworkType BROADCAST, Cost: 1, Passive: No Transmit Delay is 100 sec, State DR, Priority 1 Interface is using OSPF global mode BFD configuration. Designated router on this network is 11.1.1.
Usage Information Example (gracelsa) Version Description 9.13(0.0) Added support to display all the types of LSAs in detail. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.
LSA count 6 Rtr LSA Count 2 Net LSA Count 1 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 Area 1 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 5 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 E1200-T2C2#sh ipv6 ospf neighbor Neighbor ID Interf
show ipv6 ospf neighbor Display the OSPF neighbor information on a per-interface basis. Z9500 Syntax show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] neighbor [interface] Parameters process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display OSPF neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
DellEMC# timers spf Set the time interval between when the switch receives a topology change and starts a shortest path first (SPF) calculation. Z9500 Syntax timers spf delay holdtime msec To return to the default, use the no timers spf command. Parameters Defaults delay Enter a number as the delay. The range is from 0 to 2147483647. The default is 5 seconds. When configured in milli seconds, 100 is the least value that is allowed to be configured. holdtime Enter a number as the hold time.
DellEMC(conf-ipv6-router_ospf)# end DellEMC# 1192 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3)
37 Pay As You Grow The Pay As You Grow (PAYG) software feature allows you to purchase a Z9500 switch with 36 40G ports (144 10G ports) and upgrade to a larger number of ports as your networking needs grow. Topics: • • install license show license install license Install the license for a Z9500 port configuration from local flash, a remote server using a file transfer method, or an external flash device.
In the install license command syntax, host-ip is either an IPv4 dotted decimal address or an IPv6 [x:x:x:x::x] format address. An error message is displayed if the license is corrupted or invalid. After you enter the command, the current Z9500 port configuration and license status are displayed (see the following example). You must reload the switch to enable the licensed port configuration. Example ??? Dell# install license ftp://122.3.12.34:/dell_license/ z9500_J_Smith.
Usage Information Use the show license command to verify the location of a Z9500 license before you install it, and whether the licensed port configuration is valid for the switch. In the show license command syntax, host-ip is either an IPv4 dotted decimal address or an IPv6 [x:x:x:x::x] format address. The following examples show sample output. Example If no license is installed, information about the factory-installed 36 40G-port or 132 40G-port configuration is displayed.
38 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell EMC Networking operating software on the platform. The following describes the IPv4 PIM-SIM commands. Topics: • IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. This command re-applies the RP mapping logic for all the groups learnt by the node. Any stale information corresponding to the existing mapping configuration is updated. The existing BSR cache and the *,G's are deleted only if these entries are stale. clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database.
If you use this command on a peer VLT node, only the synced routes are deleted from the multicast route table. debug ip pim View IP PIM debugging messages. Z9500 Syntax debug ip pim [vrf vrf-name] [bsr | events | group | packet [in | out] | register | state | timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register]] To disable PIM debugging, use the no debug ip pim [vrf vrf-name] command or use the undebug all to disable all debugging command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ip pim bsr-border Define the border of PIM domain by filtering inbound and outbound PIM-BSR messages per interface.
ip pim bsr-candidate To join the Bootstrap election process, configure the PIM router. Z9500 Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] bsr-candidate interface [hash-mask-length] [priority] To return to the default value, use the no ip pim bsr-candidate [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters Defaults vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure the PIM router on a VRF.
ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. The default is 1. 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced DellEMC(conf)# ip access-list standard map1 DellEMC(config-std-nacl)# permit 224.0.0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Do not enter this command before creating the access-list. ip pim query-interval Change the frequency of PIM Router-Query messages.
ip pim register-filter To prevent a PIM source DR from sending register packets to an RP for the specified multicast source and group, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] register-filter access-list To return to the default, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] register-filter access-list command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
ip pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group or access-list. Z9500 Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-address address {group-address group-address mask} [override] To remove an RP address, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-address address {group-address group-address mask} [override] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
ip pim rp-candidate Configure a PIM router to send out a Candidate-RP-Advertisement message to the bootstrap (BS) router or define group prefixes that are defined with the RP address to PIM BSR. Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-candidate {interface [priority] [acl-name]} To return to the default value, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-candidate {interface [priority]} command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF.
ip pim sparse-mode Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface. Syntax ip pim sparse-mode To disable PIM sparse mode and IGMP, use the no ip pim sparse-mode command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
seconds Enter the number of seconds the S, G entries are retained. The range is from 211 to 65535. access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a previously configured Extended ACL to enable the expiry time to specified S,G entries. Defaults Disabled. The default expiry timer (with no times configured) is 210 sec. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure the PIM router on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. infinity Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword infinity to never switch to the source-tree. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, when you enable PIM-SM snooping, a switch floods all multicast traffic to the PIM designated router (DR), including unnecessary multicast packets. To minimize the traffic sent over the network to the designated router, you can disable designated-router flooding.
Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. DellEMC# show ip pim bsr-router PIMv2 Bootstrap information This system is the Bootstrap Router (v2) BSR address: 7.7.7.7 (?) BSR Priority: 0, Hash mask length: 30 Next bootstrap message in 00:00:08 This system is a candidate BSR Candidate BSR address: 7.7.7.7, priority: 0, hash mask length: 30 DellEMC# show ip pim interface View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled.
Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim interface command shown in the following example. Field Description Address Lists the IP addresses of the interfaces participating in PIM. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), of the interfaces participating in PIM.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example Example (Mapping) Example (Address) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about a specified VLAN configured for PIM-SM snooping. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example (#2) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip pim snooping neighbor commands shown in the following example.
Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PIM Multicast Snooping Table Flags: J/P - (*,G) Join/Prune, j/p - (S,G) Join/Prune SGR-P - (S,G,R) Prune Timers: Uptime/Expires * : Inherited port (165.87.1.7, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:00:08, expires 00:02:52, flags: j Incoming interface: Vlan 2, RPF neighbor 0.0.0.0 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 2/11 Upstream Port -/TenGigabitEthernet 2/13 DR Port -/TenGigabitEthernet 2/20 RPF 165.87.32.10 00:00:08/00:02:52 show ip pim summary View information about PIM-SM operation.
Uptime 22:44:52 Entries in PIM-TIB/MFC : 2/2 Active Modes : PIM-SNOOPING Interface 1 0 3 summary: active PIM interface passive PIM interfaces active PIM neighbors TIB summary: 1/1 (*,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 1/1 (S,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0/0 (S,G,Rpt) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0 0 0 0 PIM nexthops RPs sources Register states Message summary: 2582/2583 Joins sent/received 5/0 Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 State-Refresh messages sent
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
K - Ack-Pending State Timers: Uptime/Expires Interface state: Interface, next-Hop, State/Mode (*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:40:16, expires 00:00:00, RP 20.40.4.4, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (20.10.4.9, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:06:21, expires 00:02:06, flags: CT Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (*, 225.1.1.
39 PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) The protocol-independent multicast source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • • • • • • IPv4 PIM Commands IPv4 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands ip pim ssm-range show ip pim ssm-range IPv6 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands ipv6 pim ssm-range show ipv6 pim ssm-range IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, IPv4 PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.5(0.
Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
Usage Information After the SSM range is applied, the changes are applied internally without requiring clearing of the TIB. The SSM ACL overrides the default range. To use the default range while the SSM range is active, add the default range to the SSM ACL. When the ACL rules change, the ACL manager and PIM modules apply the new rules automatically. When you remove the SSM ACL, the default range is restored.
40 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell EMC Networking OS.
Related Commands Version Description 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● ip redirect-list – enable an IP Redirect List. ip redirect-group Apply a redirect list (policy-based routing) on an interface. You can apply multiple redirect lists to an interface by entering this command multiple times. Syntax ip redirect-group redirect-list-name test [l2–switch] To remove a redirect list from an interface, use the no ip redirect-group name command.
NOTE: Apply the redirect list to physical, VLAN, or LAG interfaces only. The Layer2 PBR option matches the layer2 traffic flow. If you un-configure this option, then the Layer2 traffic is not matched. You can apply the l2–switch option to redirect Layer2 traffic only on a VLAN interface. This VLAN interface must be configured with an IP address for ARP resolution. NOTE: The l2–switch option that redirects Layer2 traffic is applicable only on VLAN interfaces.
permit Configure a permit rule. A permit rule excludes the matching packets from PBR classification and routes them using conventional routing. Z9500 Syntax permit {ip-protocol-number | protocol-type} {source mask | any | host ipaddress} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operators] To remove the rule, use one of the following: ● If you know the filter sequence number, use the no seq sequence-number syntax command.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.
● ● ● ● ● Defaults fin psh rst syn urg = = = = = finish (no more data from the user) push function reset the connection synchronize sequence number urgent field source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address.
seq Configure a filter with an assigned sequence number for the redirect list.
● lt= less than ● range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command parameter.) source port Enter the keywords source-port then the port number to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule destination-port Enter the keywords destination-port then the port number to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule. source-portrange Enter the keywords Source-port-range then the range of the start port to end port to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule.
Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
Example DellEMC# show ip redirect-list explicit_tunnel IP redirect-list explicit_tunnel: Defined as: seq 5 redirect tunnel 1 track 1 tcp 155.55.2.0/24 222.22.2.0/24, Track 1 [up], Next-hop reachable (via Te 1/32) seq 10 redirect tunnel 1 track 1 tcp any any, Track 1 [up], Next-hop reachable (via Te 1/32) seq 15 redirect tunnel 2 udp 155.55.0.0/16 host 144.144.144.144, Track 1 [up], Next-hop reachable (via Te 1/32) seq 35 redirect 155.1.1.2 track 5 ip 7.7.7.0/24 8.8.8.
41 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember ● Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). ● The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
monitor multicast-queue Configure monitor QoS multicast queue ID. Syntax monitor multicast-queue queue-id To remove the configuration, use the no monitor multicast-queue command. Parameters Defaults queue-id Enter the QoS multicast queue ID. The range is from 0 to 9. queue-id: 0 Enable status: Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Example Command History DellEMC(conf)#monitor multicast-queue 7 This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults set ip dscp Configures the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value of the packets in the Encapsulated Remote Switched Port Analyzer (ERSPAN) traffic. To revert to the default value, use the no form of this command. dscp_value DSCP value of the packets in the ERSPAN traffic. The range is from 0 to 63. The default value is 0. set ip ttl Configures the IP time-to-live (TTL) value of the Encapsulated Remote Switched Port Analyzer (ERSPAN) traffic.
rate-limit Configure the rate-limit to limit the mirrored packets. Syntax rate-limit limit To remove the limit, use the no rate-limit limit command. Parameters Defaults limit Enter the rate-limit value. The range is from 0 to 40000 Megabits per second. 60 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Version Description 9.4.0.0 Added support for the RPM / ERPM. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History Usage Information Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
● For a VLAN interface enter the keyword VLAN followed by a number from 1 to 4094. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. range Enter the keyword range to specify the list of interfaces. any Enter the keyword any to specify all interfaces. NOTE: This option is applicable only with drop monitor session. Defaults destination Enter the keyword destination to specify the destination interface.
Example 1246 Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
42 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell EMC Networking OS is supported on the platforms. Private VLANs extend the Dell EMC Networking OS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The Dell EMC Networking OS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, see the following commands.
ip local-proxy-arp Enable/disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip local-proxy-arp To disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN, use the no ip localproxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the primary VLAN. To disable Layer 3 communication in a particular secondary VLAN, use the no ip local-proxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the selected secondary VLAN.
private-vlan mode Set PVLAN mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. Z9500 Syntax [no] private-vlan mode {community | isolated | primary} To remove the PVLAN configuration, use the no private-vlan mode {community | isolated | primary} command syntax. Parameters Defaults community Enter the keyword community to set the VLAN as a community VLAN. isolated Enter the keyword isolated to configure the VLAN as an isolated VLAN.
private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan Map secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. Syntax [no] private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list To remove specific secondary VLANs from the configuration, use the no private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list command syntax. Parameters Defaults vlan-list Enter the list of secondary VLANs to associate with the selected primary VLAN. The list can be in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format, following the convention for the range input.
only a slot ID to display the PVLAN status for all ports on a Z9500 line card. The valid values are: ● port-channel port-channel-number ● tengigabitethernet [slot-id | slot/port ] ● fortygigE [slot-id | slot/port] Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
show vlan private-vlan Display PVLANs and/or interfaces that are part of a PVLAN. Syntax show vlan private-vlan [vlan-id | community vlan-id | interface [interface | isolated vlan-id | mapping vlan-id | primary primary_vlan] Parameters vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID number to display the PVLAN configuration. community vlan- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword community and a PVLAN ID number to display the configuration for a community PVLAN.
20 Example (Primary) Example (Isolated) Example (Community) Example (interface) Example (Specific) Example (Mapping) 100 101 isolated Yes community Yes primary Yes 200 201 202 isolated Yes community No community Yes Gi Gi Po Gi Gi 2/2 2/10 10, 12-13 3/1 3/2,4-6 Gi 3/11-12 Dell# show vlan private-vlan primary Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- ------ ------10 primary Yes Gi 2/1,3 20 primary Yes Gi 3/1,3 Dell# show vlan private-vlan isolated Primary Secondary Type Ac
------- --------- --------- -------------------10 Primary Yes Po 1 Gi 0/2 102 Isolated Yes Gi 0/4 Related Commands private-vlan mode – sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. show interfaces private-vlan – displays type and status of PVLAN interfaces. switchport mode private-vlan – sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. switchport mode private-vlan Set PVLAN mode of the selected port.
Usage Information Example The assignment of the various PVLAN port types to port and port channel (LAG) interfaces is shown in the following example.
43 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell EMC Networking OS implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. Dell EMC Networking OS supports PVST+ on the Z9500 platform. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre- 7.7.1.1 Introduced. ● protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command.
Related Commands ● protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter PVST+ mode. extend system-id To augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN, use extend system ID. If the VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ does not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in Forwarding state. Z9500 Syntax extend system-id Defaults Disabled Command Modes PROTOCOL PVST Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
-------------------------------------------------------Te 1/10 Desg 128.140 128 200000 FWD 0 P2P No Te 1/12 Dis 128.142 128 200000 DIS 0 P2P No DellEMC(conf-pvst)# Related Commands ● protocol spanning-tree pvst – enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. protocol spanning-tree pvst To enable PVST+ on a device, enter the PVST+ mode. Syntax protocol spanning-tree pvst To disable PVST+, use the disable command.
Usage Information After you enable PVST+, the device runs an STP instance for each VLAN it supports. Related Commands ● disable — disables PVST+. ● show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration. Z9500 Syntax show spanning-tree pvst [vlan vlan-id] [brief] [guard] Parameters Defaults vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094.
Usage Information Example (Brief) Version Description 8.4.2.1 Support for the optional guard keyword was added on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency and Port VLAN ID inconsistency. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. The following describes the show spanning-tree pvst command shown in the following examples.
Port 131 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/1) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.131 Designated root has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated bridge has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated port id is 128.
Related Commands ● spanning-tree pvst — configure PVST+ on an interface. spanning-tree pvst Configure a PVST+ interface with one of these settings: edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port disablement if an error condition occurs, port priority or cost for a VLAN range, loop guard, or root guard.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.
no ip address switchport spanning-tree pvst vlan 3 cost 1800 no shutdown DellEMC(conf-if-te-1/1)# end DellEMC# Related Commands ● show spanning-tree pvst — views the PVST+ configuration. spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN.
tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. Z9500 Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
bridge-priority value Defaults Enter the keywords bridge-priority then the bridge priority value in increments of 4096. The range is from 0 to 61440. The default is 32768. 32768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Related Commands 1270 Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
44 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell EMC Networking OS commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are not universally supported on all Dell EMC Networking products. Topics: • • • • Global Configuration Commands Per-Port QoS Commands Policy-Based QoS Commands DSCP Color Map Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations. service-class bandwidth-percentage Specify a minimum bandwidth for queues.
service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults service-class dot1p-mapping {dot1p0 queue | dot1p1 queue | dot1p2 queue | dot1p3 queue | dot1p4 queue| dot1p5 queue | dot1p6 queue | dot1p7 queue} queue Enter a value from 0 to 3. For each dot1p Priority, the default CoS queue value is: ● Dot1p Priority : 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ● Queue : 2 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults All dot1p traffic is mapped to Queue 0 unless you enable the service-class dynamic dot1p command. The default mapping is as follows: dot1p Queue ID 0 1 1 0 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 Command Modes ● INTERFACE ● CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON.
service-class wred The mechanism to configure a weight factor for WRED and ECN functionality for backplane ports is supported on the Z9000 platform. Also, this mechanism to configure a weight for WRED and ECN functionality for front-end ports is supported on the Z9000 platforms. Create a weighted random early detection (WRED) profile and ECN functionality per queue granularity for backplane ports, and attach the WRED profile with a service class.
service-class wred ecn Create a service class and assign ECN marking for different queues on backplane ports to the service class. This functionality can be configured on the Z9000 platforms.
Default wred Specify WRED curve parameters for a queue. green Specify green (low) drop precedence to a queue. weight Specify a weight factor to a queue. yellow Specify yellow (medium) drop precedence to a queue. pool0 Service-pool buffer 1 (default service-pool for PFC traffic) . pool1 Service-pool buffer 0 (default service-pool for both lossy and lossless traffic. traffic). number Enter a weight for the queue as a number in the range of 1 to 15.
● Queue: 2 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 ● Dot1p Priority : 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ● Queue : 0 0 0 1 2 3 3 3 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
7 Defaults 7 none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
vlan vlan-id Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID to police traffic to those specific VLANs. The range is from 1 to 4094. Granularity for commited-rate and peak-rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.1.9.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The unit of bandwidth percentage is 1%.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Class-map names can be 32 characters. Layer2 available on the C-Series and SSeries. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre- 7.7.1.0 Introduced. ● ● ● ● ● policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. policy-map-output — creates an output policy map.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the seq option for the class-map on all the Dell EMC Networking OS platforms. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
Parameters seq sequence number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword seq then the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 100. By default, the sequence number are assigned in multiples of five. ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic. ip-any Enter the keyword ip-any to support IPv4 and IPv6 traffic. ip-precedencelist Enter the IP precedence value(s) as the match criteria.
NOTE: Only one of the IP precedence values must be a successful match criterion, not all of the specified IP precedence values must match. Related Commands ● class-map — identifies the class map. match ip vlan Uses a VLAN as the match criterion for an L3 class map. Syntax [seq sequence number] match ip vlan vlan-idTo remove VLAN as the match criterion, use the no [seq sequence number] match ip vlan vlan-id command.
Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the seq option for the class-map on all the Dell EMC Networking OS platforms. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. You can match against only one VLAN ID. Related Commands ● class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information An aggregate output QoS policy applies to all outbound port traffic. An aggregate output QoS policy can coexist with per-queue output QoS policies. If the rate shape exists in both aggregate and per-queue qos-policy, minimum of 2 take effect. Some of all Queue-rate will not exceed aggregate. Related Commands ● policy-map-input — creates an input policy map.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Expanded to add support for Layer 2. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The input policy map is used to classify incoming traffic to different flows using class-map, QoS policy, or incoming packets DSCP. This command enables Policy-Map-Input Configuration mode (conf-policy-mapin).
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To assign traffic to different flows using QoS policy, use the Output Policy map. This command enables Policy-Map-Output Configuration mode (conf-policy-map-out). Related Commands ● service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues. ● policy-aggregate — allows an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS using policy maps. ● service-policy output — applies an output policy map to the selected interface.
Usage Information Use this command to specify the name of the input QoS policy. Once input policy is specified, rate-police can be defined. This command enables the qos-policy-input configuration mode— (conf-qos-policy-in). When changing a Service-Queue configuration in a QoS policy map, all QoS rules are deleted and readded automatically to ensure that the order of the rules is maintained. As a result, the Matched Packets value shown in the show qos statistics command is reset.
rate-police Specify the policing functionality on incoming traffic. Syntax rate-police [kbps] committed-rate [burst-KB] [peak [kbps] peak-rate [burstKB]] Parameters Defaults kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Make the following value a multiple of 64. The range is from 0 to 40000000. The default granularity is Megabits per second (Mbps). committed-rate Enter the bandwidth in Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000.
rate-shape Shape traffic output as part of the designated policy. Syntax Parameters Defaults rate-shape [kbps | pps] peak-rate [burst-kbps | burst-packets] commited [kbps | pps] commited-rate [burst-kbps | burst-packets] pps Enter the keyword pps to specify the rate limit in packets per second (pps). kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Make the following value a multiple of 64. The range is from 0 to 40000000.
size. Traffic is considered to be green-colored up to the point at which the unused bandwidth does not exceed the committed burst size. Related Commands ● rate shape — shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy. ● qos-policy-output — creates a QoS output policy. service-policy input Apply an input policy map to the selected interface.
NOTE: The service-policy commands are not allowed on a port channel. The servicepolicy input policy-map-name command and the service-class dynamic dot1p command are not allowed simultaneously on an interface. However, the service-policy input command (without the policy-map-name option) and the service-class dynamic dot1p command are allowed on an interface. Related Commands ● policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. service-policy output Apply an output policy map to the selected interface.
service-queue Assign a class map and QoS policy to different queues. Z9500 Syntax service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name] [qos-policy qos-policyname] To remove the queue assignment, use the no service-queue queue-id [class-map classmap-name] [qos-policy qos-policy-name] command. Parameters queue-id Enter the value used to identify a queue. The range is from 0 to 7.
set Mark outgoing traffic with a differentiated service code point (DSCP) or dot1p value. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults set {ip-dscp value | mac-dot1p value} ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. mac-dot1p value Enter the keywords mac-dot1p then the dot1p value. The range is from 0 to 7. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-in) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Introduced the seq option on all the Dell EMC Networking OS platforms. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. detail Defaults To view a policy map interface in detail, enter the keyword detail and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Example (IPv6) DellEMC# show qos policy-map detail Tengigabitethernet 1/1/1 Interface TeGigabitEthernet 4/1/1 Policy-map-input pmap1 Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 c0 q0 1 c1 q1 2 c2 q2 3 c3 q3 4 c4 q4 5 c5 6 c6 q6 7 c7 q7 DellEMC# Example (Summary IPv4) DellEMC#sho qos policy-map summary Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 4/1 PM1 Te 4/2 PM2 PMOut DellEMC# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details.
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added Trust IPv6 diffserv. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. DellEMC# show qos qos-policy-output Qos-policy-output qosOut Rate-limit 50 50 peak 50 50 Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 DellEMC# show qos statistics View QoS statistics.
Example of show qos statistics egress—queue with per queue per port tx and drop rates Example of show qos statistics wred-profile Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Updated the show qos statistics egress—queue output to reflect per queue per port tx and drop rates. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
● Queued Pkts — Cumulative packet count in that queue. ● Matched Pkts — The number of packets that matched the class-map criteria. NOTE: When you configure trust , matched packet counters are not incremented in this field. ● Matched Bytes — The number of bytes that matched the class-map criteria. NOTE: When you configure trust , matched byte counters are not incremented in this field. ● Dropped Pkts — The total of the number of packets dropped for green, yellow and out-of-profile.
test cam-usage Check the Input Policy Map configuration for the CAM usage. Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input policy-map stack-unit {[number port-set portpipe number] | [all]} policy-map Enter the policy map name. stackunit number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack-unit slot number. port-set portpipe Enter the keywords port-set then the stack-unit port pipe number. The range is number from 0 or 1.
Field Description NOTE: The CAM entries reserved for the default rules are not included in the Available CAM column; free entries, from the default rules space, cannot be used as a policy map for the classification rules. Estimated CAM per Port Indicates the number of free CAM entries required (for the classification rules) to apply the input policy map on a single interface.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (config-wred) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
fallback Defaults Enter the keyword fallback to classify packets according to their DSCP or dot1p value as a secondary option in case no match occurs against the configured class maps. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-policy-map-in) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.
Table 9. Default Mapping (continued) DSCP/CP hex DSCP Range (XXX) Definition Traditional IP Precedence S6000 Internal Queue ID S-Series Internal Queue ID DSCP/CP Decimal 011XXX AF3 Flash 3 1 16–31 010XXX AF2 Immediate 2 1 16–31 001XXX AF1 Priority 1 0 0–15 000XXX BE (Best Effort) Best Effort 0 0 0–15 wred Designate the WRED profile to yellow or green traffic.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To assign drop precedence to green or yellow traffic, use this command. If there is no honoring enabled on the input, all the traffic defaults to green drop precedence. Related Commands ● wred-profile — creates a WRED profile and name that profile. ● trust — defines the dynamic classification to trust DSCP. wred weight Configure the weight factor for computation of average-queue size.
To stop marking packets, use the no wred ecn command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
Parameters wred-profilename Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names. You can configure up to 26 WRED profiles plus the five pre-defined profiles, for a total of 31 WRED profiles. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_g. Defaults The five pre-defined WRED profiles. When you configure a new profile, the minimum and maximum threshold defaults to predefined wred_ge_g values.
Parameters Defaults Yellow Enter the yellow keyword. Traffic marked as yellow delivers traffic to the egress queue which either transmits the packet if it has available bandwidth or drops the packet due to no ability to send. Red Enter the red keyword. Traffic marked as red is dropped. dscp-list Enter a list of IP DSCP values. The dscp-list parameter specifies the full list of IP DSCP value(s) for the specified color.
Parameters Defaults map-name Enter the name of the DSCP color map. The map name can have a maximum of 32 characters. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.5.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
Dscp-color-map mapTWO yellow 16,55 Display a specific DSCP color map.
45 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell EMC Networking OS supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2). The Dell EMC Networking OS implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, see the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command triggers updates of the main RIP routing tables. debug ip rip Examine RIP routing information for troubleshooting. Z9500 Syntax debug ip rip [interface | database | events [interface] | trigger] To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. default-information originate Generate a default route for the RIP traffic.
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The default route must be present in the switch routing table for the default-information originate command to take effect. default-metric Change the default metric for routes. To ensure that all redistributed routes use the same metric value, use this command with the redistribute command.
Related Commands ● redistribute — allows you to redistribute routes learned by other methods. description Enter a description of the RIP routing protocol. Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the RIP protocol (80 characters maximum). none Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
To return to the default values, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask] command. Parameters Defaults weight Enter a number from 1 to 255 for the weight (for prioritization). The default is 120. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D), of the host or network to receive the new distance metric. mask If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address, in either dotted decimal format or /prefix format (/x).
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to filter only directly connected routes.
ip poison-reverse Set the prefix of the RIP routing updates to the RIP infinity value. Z9500 Syntax ip poison-reverse To disable poison reverse, use the no ip poison-reverse command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
2 Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2. RIPv1 and RIPv2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. RIP supports a maximum of 16 ECMP paths. neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information. Z9500 Syntax neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command.
Usage Information Related Commands When a neighbor router is identified, unicast data exchanges occur. Multiple neighbor routers are possible. To ensure that only specific interfaces are receiving and sending data, use the passive-interface command with the neighbor command. ● passive-interface — sets the interface to only listen to RIP broadcasts. network Enable RIP for a specified network. To enable RIP on all networks connected to the switch, use this command.
offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP. Z9500 Syntax offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] To delete an offset list, use the no offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established Prefix list to determine which incoming routes are modified.
Related Commands ● ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. output-delay Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor. Z9500 Syntax output-delay delay To return to the switch software defaults for interpacket delay, use the no output-delay command. Parameters Defaults delay Specify a number of milliseconds as the delay interval. The range is from 8 to 50. Not configured.
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface. Z9500 Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters Defaults interface Enter the following information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
redistribute Redistribute information from other routing instances. Syntax redistribute {connected | static} To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | static} command. Parameters Defaults connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed. static Enter the keyword static to specify that information from static routes is redistributed. Not configured.
Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1-2 to redistribute both IS-IS Level-1 and Level-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-2 routes. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 0 to 16.
metric metric- value route-map map- name Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 0 to 16. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route map. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. DellEMC(conf-router_rip)# show config ! router rip network 172.31.0.0 passive-interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 DellEMC(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated.
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip rip database command shown in the following example. Field Description Total number of routes in RIP database Displays the number of RIP routes stored in the RIP database. 100.10.10.0/24 directly connected Lists the routes directly connected. 150.100.0.0 redistributed Lists the routes learned through redistribution. 209.9.16.0/24...
Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
flush Defaults ● ● ● ● Enter the number of seconds to specify the time interval during which the route is advertised as unreachable. When this interval expires, the route is flushed from the routing table. The flush value should be greater than the update value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 240 seconds.
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
46 Remote Monitoring (RMON) Dell EMC Networking OS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table.
rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface. Syntax rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} [owner name] [buckets number] [interval seconds] To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer Defaults Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value.
rmon collection statistics Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface. Syntax rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} [owner name] To remove RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface, use the no rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer owner name Defaults Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON Statistic Table.
log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to generate an RMON event log. This option sets the eventType to either log or log-and-snmptrap in the RMON event table. The default is None. trap community (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword trap followed by the SNMP community string to generate SNMP traps for an RMON event entry. This option sets the eventType to either snmptrap or log-and-snmptrap in the RMON event table. In addition to the SNMP traps, this option also generates a syslog.
interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table.
show rmon Display the RMON running status including the memory usage. Z9500 Syntax show rmon Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Example 1358 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.
show rmon alarms Display the contents of the RMON alarm table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults show rmon alarms [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON alarm table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History Example (Index) Example (Brief) This guide is platform-specific.
-------------------------1 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 2 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 4 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 5 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 6 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 7 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 8 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 9 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 10 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 11 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 12 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 13 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 14 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 15 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 16 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 17 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 18 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 19 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 20 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 21 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 22 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 DellEMC# show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table.
Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. DellEMC(conf)# rmon event 111 -> DellEMC(conf)# rmon event 112 log -> DellEMC(conf)# rmon event 113 trap private -> DellEMC(conf)# rmon event 114 log trap public-> options DellEMC(conf)#do show rmon events RMON event entry 111 description: event type: none.
21 21 22 22 DellEMC# show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. Z9500 Syntax show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History Example (Index) 1362 This guide is platform-specific.
falling threshold: 300, RMON event index: 4 alarm sampling failed 0 times. alarm owner: alarm storage type: non-volatile. alarm status: OK DellEMC# Example (Brief) DellEMC# show rmon hc-alarm brief index SNMP OID ---------------------------------1 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 2 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 4 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 5 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 DellEMC# show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table.
Example (Index) Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. DellEMC# show rmon history 6001 RMON history control entry 6001 interface: ifIndex.100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 bucket requested: 1 bucket granted: 1 sampling interval: 5 sec owner: 1 status: OK DellEMC# Example (Brief) show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON log table.
Usage Information Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The log table has a maximum of 500 entries. If the log exceeds that maximum, the oldest log entry is purged to allow room for the new entry.
Example (Index) Example (Brief) 1366 Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. DellEMC# show rmon statistics 6001 RMON statistics entry 6001 interface: ifIndex.
47 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell EMC Networking OS implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. Dell EMC Networking OS supports RSTP.
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol.
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. DellEMC# debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu tengigabitethernet 2/1 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree.
disable Disable RSTP globally on the system. Syntax disable To enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults RSTP is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the milli-second option to the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● forward-delay — changes the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state. ● hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs.
Example Related Commands DellEMC(conf)# protocol spanning-tree rstp DellEMC(config-rstp)# no disable ● disable — disables RSTP globally on the system. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed. Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an RSTP interface and the current port state. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example (Brief) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
Te 4/1 128.419 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e801.6aa8 128.419 Te 4/8 128.426 128 20000 FWD 20000 8192 0001.e805.e306 128.130 Te 4/9 128.427 128 20000 BLK 20000 8192 0001.e805.e306 128.131 Interface Name Role ----------Te 4/2 Desg Te 4/1 Desg Te 4/8 Root Te 4/9 Altr DellEMC# Example (EDS, LBK) PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ---- ------- --- ------- --------- ---128.418 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes 128.419 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes 128.426 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P No 128.
Parameters cost port-cost Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.
48 Security The commands in this chapter are available on Dell EMC Networking OS. For configuration details, see the Security section in the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide. NOTE: Dell EMC Networking OS implements LEAP with MSCHAP v2 supplicant. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • Role-Based Access Control Commands AAA Accounting Commands Authorization and Privilege Commands Obscure Password Commands Authentication and Password Commands RADIUS Commands TACACS+ Commands Port Authentication (802.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
command Defaults Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or more keywords. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.
Examples Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. DellEMC# show userroles Role Inheritance netoperator netadmin secadmin sysadmin netoperator testadmin Related Commands netadmin Modes Exec Exec Config Interface Line Router IP Route-map Protocol MAC Exec Config Exec Config Interface Line Router IP Route-map Protocol MAC Exec Config Interface Line Router IP Route-map Protocol MAC ● userrole — create user roles.
defined roles. Otherwise you would have to create a user role from scratch. You then restrict commands or add commands to that role. For information about this topic, See Modifying Command Permissions for Roles. NOTE: You can change user role permissions on system pre-defined user roles or user-defined user roles.
Defaults start-stop Enter the keywords start-stop to send a “start accounting” notice at the beginning of the requested event and a “stop accounting” notice at the end of the event. wait-start Enter the keywords wait-start to ensure that the TACACS+ security server acknowledges the start notice before granting the user’s process request. stop-only Enter the keywords stop-only to instruct the TACACS+ security server to send a “stop record accounting” notice at the end of the requested user process.
aaa accounting suppress Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with the user name value of NULL. Syntax aaa accounting suppress null-username To permit accounting records to users with user name value of NULL, use the no aaa accounting suppress null-username command. Defaults Accounting records are recorded for all users. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults commands { level | role role-name } Enter the keywords commands level to apply an EXEC and CONFIGURATION level accounting method list or enter the keyword role and then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role. method-list Enter a method list that you defined using the aaa accounting exec or aaa accounting commands. none Command Modes LINE Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
method-list Defaults Enter a method list that you defined using the aaa accounting exec or aaa accounting commands. none Command Modes LINE Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.
Defaults tacacs+ Use the TACACS+ protocol to perform authorization. none Enter the keyword none to apply no authorization. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS. privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Obscure Password Commands To enable the obscure password, use the following commands. service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys.
Related Commands ● show running-config— Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values. ● service password-encryption— Encrypts all passwords configured in the system. Authentication and Password Commands To manage access to the system, use the following the commands. aaa authentication enable Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC privilege mode (the “Enable” access). Syntax aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [...
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the Enable password is used. If you configure aaa authentication enable default, Dell EMC Networking OS uses the methods defined for Enable access instead. Methods configured with the aaa authentication enable command are evaluated in the order they are configured.
Defaults Not configured (that is, no authentication is performed). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Included a prompt to force the users to re-authenticate, when re-authentication is enabled. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
aaa reauthenticate enable Enable re-authentication of user whenever there is a change in the authenticators. Syntax aaa reauthenticate enable To disable the re-authentication option, use the no aaa reauthenticate enable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Changed the maximum length of the password from 32 to 96. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S5000, S4810, S4820T, S3048– ON, S4048–ON, MXL, FN IOM, C9010, S3100, and Z9100-ON.
Usage Information Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Only Dell EMC Networking Technical Support staff use this command. enable secret Change the password for the enable command. Syntax enable secret [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable secret [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15.
Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: ● Start with a letter, not a number. ● Passwords can have a regular expression as the password. To create a password with a regular expression in it, use CNTL + v prior to entering regular expression. For example, to create the password abcd]e, you type “abcd CNTL v ]e”.
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you configure the aaa authentication login default command, the login authentication default command automatically is applied to all terminal lines.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Dell EMC Networking OS prompts users for these passwords when the method for authentication or authorization used is "line".
numeric number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword numeric then the numeric number. The range is from 0 to 31. special-char (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords special-char then the number of special characters permitted. The range is from 0 to 31. number The following special characters are supported: !"#%&'();<=>?[\]*+,-./:^_{|}~@$ Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced this command. The secured CLI mode prevents the users from enhancing the permissions or promoting the privilege levels. After entering the command, save the running-configuration. Once you save the running-configuration, the secured CLI mode is enabled.
To keep unauthorized people from viewing passwords in the switch configuration file, use the service password-encryption command. This command encrypts the clear-text passwords created for user name passwords, authentication key passwords, the privileged command password, and console and virtual terminal line access passwords. To view passwords, use the show running-config command. show privilege View your access level.
show users Allows you to view information on all users logged in to the switch. Syntax show users [all] Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example 1410 Security This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
idle 4 vty idle 5 vty idle 6 vty idle 7 vty idle DellEMC# Related Commands 10.16.127.145 2 ad1 10.16.127.141 3 ad1 10.16.127.145 4 admin 10.16.127.141 5 ad 10.16.127.141 sysadmin 1 sysadmin 1 unassigned 1 unassigned 15 ● username — enables a user. timeout login response Specify how long the software waits for the login input (for example, the user name and password) before timing out.
Usage Information The software measures the period of inactivity defined in this command as the period between consecutive keystrokes. For example, if your password is “password” you can enter “p” and wait 29 seconds to enter the next letter. username Establish an authentication system based on user names.
Usage Information Version Description 9.12(1.0) Introduced on the S5048F–ON. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Added support for the sha256-password option for S3100, S3048–ON, S4048– ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9100–ON, MXL, and Z9500. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
To undo the RADIUS authentication method configuration, use the no aaa radius auth-method command. Parameters Defaults pap Enter the keyword pap to use the Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) for RADIUS authentication. This protocol uses the username and password attributes in the access-request message sent to the RADIUS server. mschapv2 Enter the keyword mschapv2 to use the Microsoft Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol (MS-CHAPv2) for RADIUS authentication.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections. Syntax ip radius source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip radius source-interface command.
Version Description pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server deadtime Configure a time interval during which non-responsive RADIUS servers to authentication requests are skipped. Syntax radius-server deadtime seconds To disable this function or return to the default value, use the no radius-server deadtime command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number of seconds during which non-responsive RADIUS servers are skipped. The range is from 0 to 2147483647 seconds.
ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the RADIUS server host. auth-port port- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords auth-port then a number as the port number. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. The default port-number is 1812. number retransmit retries (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword retransmit then a number as the number of attempts. This parameter overwrites the radius-server retransmit command. The range is from zero (0) to 100.
Usage Information Version Description pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To configure any number of RADIUS server hosts for each server host that is configured, use this command. Dell EMC Networking OS searches for the RADIUS hosts in the order they are configured in the software. The global default values for the timeout, retransmit, and key optional parameters are applied, unless those values are specified in the radius-server host or other commands.
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● radius-server host — configure a RADIUS host. TACACS+ Commands Dell EMC Networking OS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. debug tacacs+ To assist with troubleshooting, view TACACS+ transactions.
ip tacacs source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for TACACS+ connections. Syntax ip tacacs source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip tacacs source-interface command. Parameters Defaults interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Parameters Defaults hostname Enter the name of the TACACS+ server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the TACACS+ server host. port number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port then a number as the port to be used by the TACACS+ server. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. The default is 49. timeout seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timeout then the number of seconds the switch waits for a reply from the TACACS+ server.
For AAA servers to use a group of TACACS servers, you must explicitly configure the group using the aaa tacacs group group-name command. The order in which the TACACS servers are tried depends on the order in which they are configured. Example Related Commands DellEMC(conf)# tacacs-server group group1 DellEMC(conf-tacacs-group)# tacacs-server host 1.1.1.1 key secr-et DellEMC(conf-tacacs-group)# no tacacs-server host 1.1.1.
Usage Information The key configured with this command must match the key configured on the TACACS+ daemon. Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● dot1x authentication (Interface) — enable dot1x on an interface.
dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. Syntax dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [maxattempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts then number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch. If the host fails to respond within a designated amount of time, the authenticator places the port in the guest VLAN. If a device does not respond within 30 seconds, it is assumed that the device is not 802.1X capable.
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, enter the no dot1x mac-auth-bypass command. dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command.
Defaults auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly de-authorize a port. none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the permitted number of re-authentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2.
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs are transmitted by the Authenticator PAE. Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command.
show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface. Syntax show dot1x interface interface Parameters Defaults interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: DellEMC# 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize DellEMC# show dot1x interface fortyGigE 1/48 802.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.12(0.0) Removed support for rsa1 keys from all platforms. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL debug ip ssh Enables collecting SSH debug information.
Usage Information Debug information includes details for key-exchange, authentication, and established session for each connection. ip scp topdir Identify a location for files used in secure copy transfer. Syntax ip scp topdir directory To return to the default setting, use the no ip scp topdir command. Parameters Defaults directory Enter a directory name. The internal flash (flash:) is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
Usage Information If both the challenge response authentication and password authentication methods are configured, the challenge response authentication takes priority. ip ssh cipher Configure the list of ciphers supported on both SSH client and SCP. Syntax ip ssh cipher cipher-list Parameters Defaults cipher cipher-list Enter the keyword cipher and then a space-delimited list of ciphers that the SSH client supports. The following ciphers are available.
Defaults 10 per minute Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Increased the SSH rate–limit range. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The server-generated key is used for SSHv1 key-exchange. ip ssh mac Configure the list of MAC algorithms supported on both SSH client and SCP. Syntax Parameters ip ssh mac mac-list mac mac-list Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of message authentication code (MAC) algorithms supported by the SSH client.
Usage Information ● You can select one or more MAC algorithms from the list. ● Client-supported MAC list gets preference over the server-supported MAC list in selecting the MAC algorithm for the SSH session. ● When the MAC (-m) option is used with the SSH CLI, it overrides the configured or default MAC list. ● When FIPS is enabled or disabled, the client MACs get default configuration. ip ssh password-authentication Enable password authentication for the SSH server.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
Parameters mac mac-list Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of message authentication code (MAC) algorithms supported by the SSH client. The following MAC algorithms are available.
Parameters Defaults time minutes Enter the keywords time then the amount of time in minutes. The range is from 10 to 1440 minutes. The default is 60 minutes volume rekeylimit Enter the keywords volume then the amount of volume in megabytes. The range is from 1 to 4096 to megabytes. The default is 1024 megabytes The default time is 60 minutes. The default volume is 1024 megabytes. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. DellEMC#conf DellEMC(conf)# ip ssh rhostsfile flash://shosts DellEMC(conf)# This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Enabling RSA authentication allows the user to log in without being prompted for a password. In addition, the OpenSSH compatible SSHv2 RSA public key must be added to the list of authorized keys (ip ssh rsa-authentication my-authorized-keys device://filename command).
ip ssh server Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell EMC Networking representative. ip ssh server {ciphers cipher-list} {enable | port port-number} [kex keyexchange-algorithm] [mac hmac-algorithm][version 2] To disable SSH server functions, use the no ip ssh server {ciphers cipher-list} {enable | port port-number} [kex key-exchange-algorithm] [mac hmac-algorithm] command.
kex key-exchangealgorithm Enter the keyword kex and then a space-delimited list of key exchange algorithms supported by the SSH server. The following key exchange algorithms are available: ● diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1 ● diffie-hellman-group1-sha1 ● diffie-hellman-group14-sha1 When FIPS is enabled, the default key-exchange-algorithm is diffie-hellmangroup14-sha1.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command enables the SSH server and begins listening on a port. If a port is not specified, listening is on SSH default port 22. NOTE: Starting with Dell EMC Networking OS Release 9.2(0.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. The source-interface interface attribute is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY (SCP) commands.
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command is useful if the remote SSH client implements Strict Host Key Checking. You can copy the host key to your list of known hosts.
With FIPS Mode enabled: DellEMC# show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : 3des-cbc,aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256cbc,aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr. SSH server macs : hmac-sha1-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled. RSA Authentication : disabled. Vty Encryption HMAC Remote IP 0 3des-cbc hmac-sha1-96 10.1.20.48 1 3des-cbc hmac-sha1-96 10.1.20.
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command displays the contents of the flash://ADMIN_DIRssh/knownhosts file. DellEMC# show ip ssh client-pub-keys 4.8.1.
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command displays the contents of the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/authorizedkeys.username file.
● 3des-cbc: Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher. ● aes128-cbc : Force ssh to use aes128-cbc encryption cipher ● aes192-cbc : Force ssh to use aes192-cbc encryption cipher ● aes256-cbc : Force ssh to use aes256-cbc encryption cipher ● aes128-ctr : Force ssh to use aes128-ctr encryption cipher ● aes192-ctr : Force ssh to use aes192-ctr encryption cipher ● aes256-ctr : Force ssh to use aes256-ctr encryption cipher -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l then the user name used in this SSH session.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the -c and -m parameters on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ● show ip dhcp snooping — display the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82.
ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. Defaults slot/port Enter the slot and port number of the interface. lease time Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IP address is leased. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. Syntax Parameters Defaults [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Table 10. Suppressed ICMPv4 message types (continued) ICMPv4 Message Types Information request (15) Information reply (16) Address mask request (17) Address mask reply (18) NOTE: The Dell EMC Networking OS does not suppress the ICMPv4 message type Echo request (8). Table 11.
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S3100 Series, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, S6010–ON, S4048T–ON, C9000, and MXL. When the drop icmp feature is configured, the system drops the ICMP reply messages on the front end and management interfaces. By default, the Dell EMC Networking OS responds to all the ICMP messages. NOTE: There is no separate CLI to enable IP ID randomness.
● 0 directs the system to store the password as clear text. ● 7 directs the system to store the password with a dynamic salt. ● 9 directs the system to encrypt the clear text password and store the encrypted password in an inaccessible location. root-password Defaults Enter the root password. Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.13(0.
verified boot hash Verify and store the hash value of the boot image (OS) or the startup configuration. Syntax verified boot hash startup-config hash value Parameters Defaults startup-config Enter the keyword startup-config and then the hash value for the startup configuration. You can get the hash value for the startup configuration using the generate hash command. hash value Enter the MD5, SHA1, or SHA256 hash.
49 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging section. This section includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell EMC Networking OS Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel. Dell EMC Networking OS supports L2PT on Dell EMC Networking OS.
Defaults in | out | both Enter the keyword in, out, or both to debug incoming interfaces, outgoing interfaces, or both incoming and outgoing interfaces. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. count value Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 100. Debug disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Related Command Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable VLAN-Stacking, no protocol packets are tunneled. Related Command ● show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs.
protocol-tunnel rate-limit Enable traffic rate limiting per box. Syntax protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate To reset the rate limit to the default, use the no protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate command. Parameters Defaults rate Enter the rate in frames per second. The range is from 75 to 3000. The default is 75. 75 frames per second. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN-STACK Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
show protocol-tunnel Display protocol tunnel information for all or a specified VLAN-Stack VLAN. Syntax show protocol-tunnel [vlan vlan-id] Parameters Defaults vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display information for the one VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. none Command Modes EXEC Command History Example Example (Specific VLAN) Related Commands 1478 This guide is platform-specific.
50 sFlow The Dell EMC Networking OS supports sFlow commands. The Dell EMC Networking OS sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. ● The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. ● The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ip-address | ipv6address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagramsize number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the no form of the command to mirror the syntax used to configure. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure up to two sFlow collectors (IPv4 or IPv6). If two collectors are configured, traffic samples are sent to both.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information sFlow is disabled by default. In addition to this command, sFlow needs to be enable on individual interfaces where sFlow sampling is desired.
sflow extended-switch enable Enable packing information on a switch only. Syntax sflow extended-switch enable To disable packing information, use the no sflow extended-switch [enable] command. Parameters Defaults enable Enter the keyword enable to enable global extended information. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters Defaults extended Enter the keyword extended to copy 256 bytes from the sample packets to sFlow datagram. 128 bytes Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100-ON. 9.8(2.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command sets the counter polling interval for an interface. Related Commands ● sflow polling-interval (Global) — globally sets the polling interval. sflow sample-rate (Global) Change the global default sampling rate.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken. This command changes the global default sampling rate. You can configure an interface to use a different sampling rate than the global sampling rate. If the value entered is not a correct power of 2, the command generates an error message with the previous and next power of 2 value.
Usage Information This command changes the sampling rate for an interface. By default, the sampling rate of an interface is set to the same value as the current global default sampling rate. If the value entered is not a correct power of 2, the command generates an error message with the previous and next power-of-2 value. Select one of these two number and re-enter the command. Related Commands ● sflow sample-rate (Global) — changes the sampling rate globally.
Usage Information Example The dropEvent counter (sFlow samples dropped due to sub-sampling) shown in the following example always displays a value of zero. DellEMC#show sflow sFlow services are enabled Egress Management Interface sFlow services are disabled Global default sampling rate: 32768 Global default counter polling interval: 20 Global default extended maximum header size: 128 bytes Global extended information enabled: none 1 collectors configured Collector IP addr: 100.1.1.1, Agent IP addr: 1.1.1.
Total UDP packets exported UDP packets exported via RPM UDP packets dropped Dell# 1490 sFlow :0 :77 :
51 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This section contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on Dell EMC Networking OS. Topics: • • SNMP Commands Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell EMC Networking OS.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Example Related Commands The following Example displays a group named ngroup.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Example DellEMC#show snmp user User name: v1v2creadu Engine ID: 0000178B02000001E80214A8 storage-type: nonvolatile active Authentication Protocol: None Privacy Protocol: None DellEMC# snmp context Enables you to map a bgp vrf instance within a SNMP context through community mapping, in SNMPv2c and SNMPv3.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. unknown Introduced on the E-Series.
security-name name (Optional) Enter the keywords security-name then the security name as defined by the community MIB. access-list-name (Optional) Enter a standard IPv4 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
DellEMC(conf)# snmp-server community guest ro security-name guestuser DellEMC(conf)# Example Related Commands DellEMC(conf)# ip access-list standard snmp-ro-acl DellEMC(config-std-nacl)#seq 5 permit host 10.10.10.224 DellEMC(config-std-nacl)#seq 10 deny any count ! DellEMC(conf)# snmp-server community guest ro snmp-ro-acl DellEMC(conf)# ● ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on IP address.
snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notification-option] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notification-option] command.
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Added support for VRRP traps. 7.6.1.0 Added support for STP and xSTP traps. Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Related Commands Dell EMC Networking OS supports up to 16 SNMP trap receivers. If you do not configure this command, traps that controlled by this command are not sent. If you do not specify a notification-type and notification-option, all traps are enabled.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Changing the value of the SNMP Engine ID has important side effects.
auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet. read name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword read then a name (a string of up to 20 characters long) as the read view name. The default is GlobalView and is assumed to be every object belonging to the internet (1.3.6.
NOTE: The number of configurable groups is limited to 16 groups. Example Related Commands DellEMC# conf DellEMC(conf)# snmp-server group harig 3 priv read rview DellEMC# ● show snmp group — displays the group name, security model, view status, and storage type of each group. ● show running-config — displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp-server host Configure the recipient of an SNMP trap operation.
string using the snmp-server community command before executing this command. For version 3 security model, this string is the USM user security name. udp-port port- number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords udp-port followed by the port number of the remote host to use. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162. notification-type (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords for the type of trap to be sent to the host: ● bgp — Enable BGP state change traps. ● ecfm — Enable ECFM state change traps.
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Added support for VRRP traps. 7.6.1.0 Added support for STP and xSTP notification types. Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To configure the router to send SNMP notifications, enter at least one snmp-server host command. If you enter the command with no keywords, all trap types are enabled for the host. If you do not enter an snmp-server host command, no notifications are sent.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command snmp-server trap-source Configure a specific interface as the source for SNMP traffic.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
● 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64, which allows for integers twice the width of what is normally allowed. The default is 1. encrypted (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword encrypted to specify the password appear in encrypted format (a series of digits, masking the true characters of the string). auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. md5 | sha (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword md5 or sha to designate the authentication level.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP. TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs port rules are not valid for SNMP. No default values exist for authentication or privacy algorithms and no default password exists.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands ● show logging — display logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer. clear logging auditlog Clears audit log.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands ● logging console — set the logging console parameters. default logging monitor Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal.
default logging trap Return to the default settings for logging messages to the Syslog servers. Syntax default logging trap Defaults level = 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON.
Defaults tcp Enter the keyword tcp to enable transmission of log message over TCP followed by port number. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable the logging process in VRF mode. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify the VRF that is used to contact the host. By default, the default VRF is used. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
logging buffered Enable logging and specify which messages are logged to an internal buffer. By default, all messages are logged to the internal buffer. Syntax logging buffered [level] [size] To return to the default values, use the default logging buffered command. To disable logging stored to an internal buffer, use the no logging buffered command.
logging console Specify which messages are logged to the console. Syntax logging console [level] To return to the default values, use the default logging console command. To disable logging to the console, use the no logging console command. Parameters Defaults level (OPTIONAL) Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● local7 (local use) lpr (line printer system) mail (mail system) news (USENET news) sys9 (system use) sys10 (system use) sys11 (system use) sys12 (system use) sys13 (system use) sys14 (system use) syslog (Syslog process) user (user process) uucp (Unix to Unix copy process) The default is local7. Defaults local7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
To return to the default values, use the no logging history command. Parameters Defaults level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following equivalent words: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 4 or warnings. warnings or 4 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you use the no logging on command, messages are logged only to the console. Related Commands ● ● ● ● logging logging logging logging — enable logging to the Syslog server. buffered — set the logging buffered parameters. console — set the logging console parameters. monitor — set the logging parameters for the terminal connections.
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5.
Example DellEMC(conf)#logging version ? <0-1> Select syslog version (default = 0) DellEMC(conf)#logging version 1 show logging Display the logging settings and system messages logged to the internal buffer of the switch. Syntax Parameters show logging [number | history [reverse][number] | reverse [number] | summary] number (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of messages displayed in the output. The range is from 1 to 65535.
bytes) Console logging: level debugging Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 97 Messages Logged, Size (40960 Trap logging: level informational Logging to 172.16.1.162 Logging to 10.10.10.4 Logging to 10.1.2.4 Logging to 172.31.1.4 Logging to 133.33.33.4 Feb 18 01:17:32: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
show logging auditlog Displays an audit log. Syntax show logging auditlog Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
show logging kernellog Display the kernel log for the specified hardware component. Syntax Parameters defaults show logging kernellog {cp | rp | linecard slot-id} cp Enter the keyword cp to display the kernel log for the Control Processor on the switch. rp Enter the keyword cp to display the kernel log for the Route Processor on the switch. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card ports for which you want to display the kernel log.
00:00:02:919171:AHCI_CAP(0x0000) 0xe237ff21 00:00:02:919178:AHCI_GHC(0x0004) 0x80000002 00:00:02:919184:AHCI_IS(0x0008) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919190:AHCI_PI(0x000c) 0x00000003 00:00:02:919197:AHCI_VS(0x0010) 0x00010000 00:00:02:919204:AHCI_CC_CTL(0x0014) 0x00010120 00:00:02:919210:AHCI_CC_PORTS(0x0018) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919217:AHCI_EM_LOC(0x001c) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919223:AHCI_EM_CTL(0x0020) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919229:AHCI per port register dump for port 1 00:00:02:919236:AHCI_P_IS(0x0190) 0x00000000 00:00
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
52 SNMP Traps This section lists the traps sent by the Dell EMC Networking OS. Each trap is listed by the fields Trap Type, Trap Name, Object Name, and MIB file. Table 12. SNMP Trap List TRAP TYPE TRAP NAME TRAP OID Object Name MIB File Explanation 1 TR_COLD_START 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.1 COLDSTART rfc3418.mib SNMP COLD_START trap sent. 2 TR_WARM_START 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.2 WARMSTART rfc3418.mib SNMP WARM_START trap sent. 3 TR_LINK_DOWN 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.3 LINKDOWN rfc3418.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) 19 TR_CHM_RPM_U P 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.2 6.1.5.1.5 dellNetSysAlarmRp mUp DELLNETWORKINGCHASSIS-MIB.mib The primary RPM generate this trap when the primary RPM or the secondary RPM is up and running. 20 TR_CHM_RPM_D OWN 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.2 6.1.5.1.6 dellNetSysAlarmRp mDown DELLNETWORKINGCHASSIS-MIB.mib The primary RPM generate this trap when the secondary RPM is down, either by software reset or being physically removed from the chassis.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) 28 TR_CHM_FANTRA 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.2 Y_BAD_CLR 6.1.5.1.14 dellNetSysAlarmFa nTrayClear DELLNETWORKINGCHASSIS-MIB.mib The driver/agent generate this trap when a fan tray is now operational. 29 TR_CHM_MIN_FA NBAD_CLR 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.2 6.1.5.1.15 dellNetSysAlarmMi norFanBadClear DELLNETWORKINGCHASSIS-MIB.mib The driver/agent generate this trap when a minor fan tray that was bad is now operational. 30 TR_CHM_FANTRA 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.2 Y_OR_PSU_BAD 6.1.5.1.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) 44 TR_MSTP_NEW_R 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.20. OOT_BRIDGE 2.0.1 Not Available Not Available MSTP Not Supporting 45 TR_MSTP_NEW_R 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.20. OOT_PORT 2.0.2 Not Available Not Available MSTP Not Supporting 46 TR_MSTP_TOPOL OGY_CHANGE 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.20. 2.0.3 Not Available Not Available MSTP Not Supporting 47 TR_RSTP_NEW_R OOT 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.0.1 newRoot BRIDGE-MIB.mib 802.1w new root trap support. 48 TR_RSTP_TOPOL OGY_CHANGE 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.0.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) 56 TR_VRRPV3_GIVE UP_MASTER 57 dellNetSysAlarmVrr DELLpGiveupMaster NETWORKINGCHASSIS-MIB.mib The VRRP generate this trap when it is no longer the master and has entered nonoperational state TR_VRRPV3_NEW 1.3.6.1.2.1.68.0.1 _MASTER vrrpTrapNewMaste draft-ietf-vrrpr unified-mib-06.mib The newMaster trap indicates that the sending agent has transitioned to 'Master' state. 58 TR_VRRPV3_PRO TOERR_REASON vrrpTrapProtoError draft-ietf-vrrpunified-mib-06.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) Generator State Machine and associated Managed Objects. If a defect with a higher priority is raised after a Fault Alarm has been issued, another Fault Alarm is issued.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) crossing event is detected by the local entity, while a remote threshold crossing event is detected by the reception of an Ethernet OAM Event Notification OAMPDU that indicates a threshold event. This notification should not be sent more than once per second. The OAM entity can be derived from extracting the ifIndex from the variable bindings. The objects in the notification correspond to the values in a row instance in the dot3OamEventLog Table.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) ifIndex from the variable bindings. The objects in the notification correspond to the values in a row instance of the dot3OamEventLog Table. The management entity should periodically check dot3OamEventLog Table to detect any missed events 64 TR_FIPS_MAX_FC 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.2 F_LIMIT_RCH 2.4.0.1 dellNetMaxFcfsInVl DELLanLmtRchTrap NETWORKINGFIPSNOOPINGMIB.mib This trap is sent when number of FCFs reached maximum allowed limit in VLAN 65 TR_FIPS_MAX_EN 1.3.6.1.4.1.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) session limit in system is already reached. 70 TR_FIPS_ACL_INS 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.2 TALL_FAIL 2.4.0.7 71 TR_ETS_MODULE _STATUS_CHANG E 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.15 dellNetETSModule .4.0.1 StatusTrap DELLNETWORKINGDCB-MIB.mib This trap is generated when there is a change in the ETS Module status. This trap is generated only if dellNetETSGlobalE nableTrap is enabled to send the trap 72 TR_ETS_ADMIN_ MODE_CHANGE 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.15 dellNetETSPortAd .4.0.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) the trap for ETS state machine state change 75 TR_PFC_MODULE _STATUS_CHANG E 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.15 dellNetPFCModule .4.0.5 StatusTrap DELLNETWORKINGDCB-MIB.mib This trap is generated when there is a change in the PFC Module status is enabled. This trap is generated only if dellNetPFCGlobalE nableTrap is enabled to send the trap 76 TR_PFC_ADMIN_ MODE_CHANGE 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.15 dellNetPFCPortAd .4.0.6 minStatusTrap DELLNETWORKINGDCB-MIB.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) 79 TR_MPLS_TUNNE L_UP 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.3. 0.1 mplsTunnelUp rfc3812.mib This trap is generated when an lsp on a tunnel changed it operational status to up 80 TR_MPLS_TUNNE L_DOWN 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.3. 0.2 mplsTunnelDown rfc3812.mib This trap is generated when an lsp on a tunnel changed it operational status to down 81 TR_MPLS_TUNNE L_RRTD 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.3. 0.3 mplsTunnelReroute d rfc3812.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) 96 TR_SYSADM_ME M_THRESHOLD 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.2 6.1.5.1.33 dellNetSysAlarmEx dMemThreshold DELLNETWORKINGCHASSIS-MIB.mib The agent generate this trap when memory utilization excceded 92%. 97 TR_SYSADM_ME 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.2 M_THRESHOLD_C 6.1.5.1.34 LR dellNetSysAlarmClr MemThreshold DELLNETWORKINGCHASSIS-MIB.mib The agent generate this trap when memory utilization falls below threshold 98 TR_MACMGR_ST N_MOVE 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.2 6.1.5.1.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) remote device disconnectedor moved from one port to another 104 TR_OPENFLOW_S 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.2 NMP_CNTLR_STA 0.2.0.1 TE_TRAP ofSwitchCntlrSessi onStatusChanged DELLNETWORKINGOPENFLOWMIB.mib This notification is sent when ever Controller's Session Status has changed 105 TR_OPENFLOW_S 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.2 NMP_FLOW_TABL 0.2.0.2 E_TRAP ofSwitchFlowTable Full DELLNETWORKINGOPENFLOWMIB.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) 109 TR_RMON_HC_FA 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.29.2.0. hcFallingAlarm LLING_THRESHOL 2 D rfc3434.mib The SNMP notification that is generated when a high capacity alarm entry crosses its falling threshold and generates an event that is configured for sending SNMP traps. The hcAlarmEntry object instances identified in the OBJECTS clause are from the entry that causes this notification to be generated. 110 TR_COPY_CONFI G_COMPLETE 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.5. copyConfigComplet DELL1.2.0.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) 117 TR_CAM_THRESH 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.7. OLD_EXCEED 1.2.0.1 camUsageThreshol dExceed DELLNETWORKINGSYSTEMCOMPONENTMIB.mib The agent generate this trap when the cam usage for a partition is exceeded 118 TR_CAM_IS_FULL camIsFull DELLNETWORKINGSYSTEMCOMPONENTMIB.mib The agent generate this trap when the cam is fully used. 119 TR_CAM_AUDIT_E 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.7. RROR 1.2.0.3 camAuditError DELLNETWORKINGSYSTEMCOMPONENTMIB.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) new status of the peer device. The possible states are as follows: 1. NotEstablished 2. PeerUp 3. PeerDown 4. LinkDown" 131 TR_VLT_HBEAT_S 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.17 dellNetVLTHBeatSt DELLTATUS_CHANGE .2.0.4 atusChange NETWORKINGVIRTUAL-LINKTRUNK-MIB.mib The agent generates this notification to denote the change in Backup Link Status. The notification contains information on the new BackupLink Status. The possible states are as follows: 1. NotEstabished 2. LinkUp 3.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) 134 TR_ISIS_ADJ_CHA 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.18 dellNetIsisAdjChan NGE .0.1 ges DELLNETWORKINGISIS-MIB.mib This notification is generated when adjacency relate changes take place 135 TR_LACP_STATE_ 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.2. dot3adAggLacpSta CHANGE 2.0.1 teChange DELLNETWORKINGLINKAGGREGATIONMIB.mib The dot3adAggLacpSta teChange indicates that the agent has detected a change in the Lacp state for one of the member ports of the aggregation link.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) suppressed by the agent until the current throttling period expires. At the end of a throttling period, one notificationevent should be generated if any configuration changes occurred since the start of the throttling period. In such a case, another throttling period is started right away. An NMS should periodically check the value of entLastChangeTim e to detect any missed entConfigChange notificationevents, e.g., due to throttling or transmission loss.
Table 12. SNMP Trap List (continued) longer observed on Bp Link bundles 145 TR_BRM_PE_UP 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.2 6.1.5.1.27 dellNetSysAlarmPE Up DELLNETWORKINGCHASSIS-MIB.mib The driver/agent generate this trap when a PE operational status is up. Applicable for C9010 146 TR_BRM_PE_DO WN 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.2 6.1.5.1.28 dellNetSysAlarmPE Down DELLNETWORKINGCHASSIS-MIB.mib The driver/agent generate this trap when a PE operational status is down 147 TR_BRM_PE_UNI T_UP 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.2 6.1.5.1.
53 Storm Control The Dell EMC Networking OS storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/ Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on Dell EMC Networking OS. Important Points to Remember ● Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
Parameters Defaults interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON.
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-series and S-Series.
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Unknown Unicast Storm-Control is valid for Layer 2 and Layer 2/Layer 3 interfaces. storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only).
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
54 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this section configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the Dell EMC Networking switch/routing platform.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 32768.
debug spanning-tree Enable debugging of the spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol. Syntax debug spanning-tree {stp-id [all | bpdu | config | events | exceptions | general | root] | protocol} To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0. protocol Enter the keyword for the type of STP to debug, either mstp, pvst, or rstp.
description Enter a description of the spanning tree. Syntax description {description} To remove the description from the spanning tree, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the spanning tree (80 characters maximum). none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-stp”.) Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. ● hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs.
Related Commands ● forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. ● max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the spanning tree bridge. Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Example Field Description “Designated root...” Displays the priority and MAC address of the root bridge of the STG that the interface belongs. “Designated port...” Displays the designated port ID. DellEMC# show spann 0 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of the spanning tree Current root has priority 32768 address 0001.e800.
Usage Information Example (Guard) The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 guard command shown in the example. Field Description Interface Name STP interface. Instance STP 0 instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
55 SupportAssist SupportAssist sends troubleshooting data securely to Dell. SupportAssist in this Dell EMC Networking OS release does not support automated email notification at the time of hardware fault alert, automatic case creation, automatic part dispatch, or reports. SupportAssist requires Dell EMC Networking OS 9.9(0.0) and SmartScripts 9.7 or later to be installed on the Dell EMC Networking device. For more information on SmartScripts, see Dell EMC Networking Open Automation guide.
Usage Information ● When you run the command, the system displays a message with the information directing to the URL for further information. ● Even before you accept or reject the EULA, the configuration data is sent to the default centrally deployed SupportAssist Server. If you reject the EULA, the configuration data is not transmitted to the SupportAssist server. ● If there is an existing SupportAssist configuration, the configuration is not removed and the feature is disabled.
Related Commands ● support-assist — moves to the SupportAssist Configuration mode. support-assist Move to the SupportAssist configuration mode. Syntax support-assist To remove all the configuration of the SupportAssist service, use the no support-assist command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.
support-assist activity Trigger an activity event immediately. Syntax Parameters support-assist activity {full-transfer | core-transfer} start now full-transfer Enter the keyword full-transfer to specify transfer of configuration, inventory, logs, and other information. core-transfer Enter the keyword core-transfer to specify transfer of core files. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. Introduced the core-transfer and event-transfer parameters. Usage Information 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. By default, each activity follows a set of default actions using a default schedule.
Parameters first-name (Optional) Enter the first name for the contact person. This is optional provided each contact person name is unique. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. last-name Enter the last name for the contact person. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
server Configure the name of the remote SupportAssist Server and move to SupportAssist Server mode. Syntax server {default | server-name} To delete a server, use the no server server-name command. Parameters Defaults default Enter the keyword default for the default server. server-name Enter the name of the custom server to which the logs would be transferred. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. Default server has URL stor.g3.ph.dell.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.
Related Commands ● action-manifest get — copy an action-manifest file for an activity to the system. ● action-manifest show — view the list of action-manifest for a specific activity. ● action-manifest remove — remove the action-manifest file for an activity. action-manifest remove Remove the action-manifest file from Dell EMC Networking OS. Syntax action-manifest remove } Parameters local-file-name Enter the name of the local action-manifest file.
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. ● action-manifest get — copy an action-manifest file for an activity to the system. ● action-manifest install — configure the action-manifest to use for a specific activity. ● action-manifest remove — remove the action-manifest file for an activity. enable Enable a specific SupportAssist activity.
To remove the complete company contact information, use the no address command. Parameters city company- city province | region | state name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword city then the city or town for the company site. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword province, region or state then the name of province, region or state for the company site. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes.
Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. territory Configure the territory and set the coverage for the company site.
Parameters primary email- address alternate emailaddress Enter the keyword primary then the primary email address for the person. Enter the keyword alternate then the alternate email address for the person. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST PERSON Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM.
Related Commands ● preferred-method — configure the preferred method for contacting the person. preferred-method Configure the preferred method for contacting the person. Syntax Parameters Defaults preferred-method {email | no-contact | phone] email Enter the keyword email to specify email as preferred method. no-contact Enter the keywords no-contact to specify that there is no preferred method. phone Enter the keyword phone to specify phone as preferred method.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. SupportAssist Server Commands Dell EMC Networking OS supports the following SupportAssist Server mode commands. proxy-ip-address Configure a proxy for reaching the SupportAssist remote server.
Usage Information The passwords are stored encrypted in the running configuration. enable Enable communication with the SupportAssist server. Syntax enable To disable communication to a specific SupportAssist server, use the no enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST SERVER Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.
Usage Information The URL should be formatted to follow the ISO format. show eula-consent Display the EULA for the feature. Syntax show eula-consent {support-assist | other feature} Parameters support-assist | other feature Enter the keywords support-assist or the text corresponding to other feature. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
allow Dell to transmit and store the Collected Data from SupportAssist in accordance with these terms. You agree that the provision of SupportAssist may involve international transfers of data from you to Dell and/or to Dells affiliates, subcontractors or business partners. When making such transfers, Dell shall ensure appropriate protection is in place to safeguard the Collected Data being transferred in connection with SupportAssist.
preferred-method email time-zone zone +05:30 start-time 12:23 end-time 15:23 ! server Dell enable url http://1.1.1.1:1332 DellEMC# show support-assist status Display information on SupportAssist feature status including any activities, status of communication, last time communication sent, and so on. Syntax show support-assist status Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
56 System Time and Date The commands in this section configure time values on the system, either using the Dell EMC Networking OS, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, see “Network Time Protocol” of the Management section in the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. You cannot delete the software clock. The software clock runs only when the software is up.
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Defaults end-week Enter the one of the following as the week that daylight saving ends: ● week-number: enter a number from 1 to 4 as the number of the week to end daylight saving time. ● first: enter the keyword first to end daylight saving time in the first week of the month. ● last: enter the keyword last to end daylight saving time in the last week of the month. end-day Enter the weekday name that you want daylight saving time to end.
clock timezone Configure a timezone for the switch. Syntax clock timezone timezone-name offset To delete a timezone configuration, use the no clock timezone command. Parameters Defaults timezone-name Enter the name of the timezone. You cannot use spaces. offset Enter one of the following: ● a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours in addition to universal time coordinated (UTC) for the timezone. ● a minus sign (-) then a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours. Not configured.
Parameters adjust Enter the keyword adjust to display information on NTP clock adjustments. all Enter the keyword all to display information on all NTP transactions. authentication Enter the keyword authentication to display information on NTP authentication transactions. events Enter the keyword events to display information on NTP events. loopfilter Enter the keyword loopfilter to display information on NTP local clock frequency.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Added options [0 | 7] for entering the authentication key. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command.
ntp multicast client To receive NTP information from the network via multicast, configure the switch. Syntax ntp multicast client [multicast-address] To disable multicast reception, use the no ntp multicast client [multicast-address] command. Parameters Defaults multicastaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter a multicast address. Enter either an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format or an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. If you do not enter a multicast address, the address: ● 224.0.1.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
Defaults ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter an IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of NTP server. hostname Enter the host name of the server. key keyid (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key and a number as the NTP peer key. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. prefer (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword prefer to indicate that this peer has priority over other servers. version number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version and a number to correspond to the NTP version used on the server.
ntp source Specify an interface’s IP address to be included in the NTP packets. Syntax ntp source interface To delete the configuration, use the no ntp source command. Parameters Defaults interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
To delete the key, use the no ntp trusted-key number command. Parameters Defaults number Enter a number as the trusted key ID. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
Example Example (Detail) Related Commands Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Usage Information Example Related Commands 1612 Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp associations command shown in the Example below.
show ntp vrf associations Displays the NTP servers configured for the VRF instance . Syntax show ntp [vrf] associations. Command Modes EXECEXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp status command shown in the Example below. Field Description “Clock is...
57 Tunneling Tunneling is supported on Dell EMC Networking OS. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • ip unnumbered ipv6 unnumbered tunnel allow-remote tunnel destination tunnel dscp tunnel flow-label tunnel hop-limit tunnel keepalive tunnel-mode tunnel source ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address.
Usage Information The ip unnumbered command fails in two conditions: ● If the logical ip address is configured. ● If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends. NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address.
tunnel allow-remote Configure an IPv4 or IPv6 address or prefix whose tunneled packets are accepted for decapsulation. If you do not configure allow-remote entries, tunneled packets from any remote peer address is accepted. This feature is supported on Dell EMC Networking OS. Syntax tunnel allow-remote {ip-address | ipv6-address} [mask] To delete a configured allow-remote entry use the no tunnel allow-remote command. Any specified address/mask values must match an existing entry for the delete to succeed.
Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the destination IPv4 address for the tunnel. ipv6–address Enter the destination IPv6 address for the tunnel. none Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000.
tunnel hop-limit Configure the method to set the IPv4 time-to-live or the IPv6 hop limit value in the outer tunnel header. Syntax tunnel hop-limit value To restore the default tunnel hop-limit, use the no tunnel hop-limit command. Parameters Defaults value Enter the hop limit (ipv6) or time-to-live (ipv4) value to include in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 64.
Defaults Tunnel keepalive is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the decapsulate-any command. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000. To enable a tunnel interface, use this command.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the tunnel source anylocal command. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. Added an optional keyword “anylocal” to the tunnel source command.
58 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. ● downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface.
description Enter a text description of an uplink-state group. Syntax description text Parameters Defaults text Text description of the uplink-state group. The maximum length is 80 alphanumeric characters. none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10.0.2 Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10.0.2 Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. ● downstream — assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. ● uplink-state-group — create an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. downstream disable links Configure the number of downstream links in the uplink-state group that are disabled if one upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down.
enable Enable uplink state group tracking for a specific UFD group. Syntax enable To disable upstream-link tracking without deleting the uplink-state group, use the no enable command. Defaults Upstream-link tracking is automatically enabled in an uplink-state group. Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. Example Related Commands ● show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplinkstate groups. ● uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enable the tracking of upstream links on a switch or router.
Admin state to up: Group 16 DellEMC(conf)# Related Commands ● show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplinkstate groups. ● show uplink-state-group — displays the status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. upstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as an upstream interface. Syntax upstream interface To delete an uplink-state group, use the no upstream interface command.
Related Commands ● downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. ● uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
59 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. The Dell EMC Networking OS supports this feature. For more information about basic VLAN commands, see the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in Layer 2.
● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel, and then a number. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Comma-separated: 3, 4, 6 Range: 5-10 Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. E-Series original Command Usage Information Prior to disabling the stackable VLAN feature, remove the members. To view the stackable VLANs, use the show vlan command in EXEC Privilege mode. Stackable VLANs contain members, designated by the M in the Q column of the command output. If you enabled VRF, you cannot enable the stacked VLAN feature using this command.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas or dashed ranges. In the case of conflicts, dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration.
Version Description E-Series original Command Usage Information For specific interoperability limitations regarding the S-Tag TPID, see the Dell EMC Networking OS Configuration Guide. The four characters you may enter are shown in the following table. Related Commands Number Resulting TPID 1 0x0001 10 0x0010 81 0x0081 8100 0x8100 ● portmode hybrid — sets a port (physical ports only) to accept both tagged and untagged frames.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Functionality augmented for C-Series and S-Series to enable multi-purpose use of the port. 7.7.1.0 Functionality augmented for E-Series to enable multi-purpose use of the port. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. E-Series original Command Usage Information Prior to using this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, use the switchport command.
DellEMC(conf-if-te-3/10)# exit DellEMC(config)# interface TenGigabitethernet 5/1 DellEMC(conf-if-te-5/1)# no shutdown DellEMC(conf-if-te-5/1)# portmode hybrid DellEMC(conf-if-te-5/1)# switchport DellEMC(conf-if-te-5/1)# vlan-stack trunk DellEMC(conf-if-te-5/1)# exit DellEMC(config)# interface vlan 10 DellEMC(conf-if-vlan)# vlan-stack compatible DellEMC(conf-if-vlan)# member Te 4/1, Te 3/10, TenGi 5/1 DellEMC(conf-if-vlan)# exit DellEMC(config)# interface vlan 30 DellEMC(conf-if-vlan)# untagged TenGi 5/1 Del
To remove un-tagged VLAN ports, use the no untagged port-channel port-channel-number command. Parameters Defaults port-channelnumber Enter the port-channel number. The range is from 1 to 512. Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
60 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) Virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to coexist on the same router at the same time. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ip vrf ip http vrf description ip vrf forwarding ip route-export ip route-import ipv6 route-export ipv6 route-import match source-protocol redistribute interface management maximum dynamic-routes show ip vrf show run vrf ip vrf Create or delete a customer VRF.
ip http vrf Configure an HTTP client with a VRF used to connect to the HTTP server. Z9500 Syntax ip http vrf {management | vrf-name} To undo the HTTP client configuration, use the ip http vrf command. Parameters Defaults management Enter the keyword management for configuring the management VRF that uses an HTTP client. vrf-name Enter a VRF name that the HTTP client uses. If you do not specify a VRF name, the HTTP client uses the default VRF.
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. ip vrf forwarding Attach an interface to a VRF.
You can configure an IP subnet or address on a physical or VLAN interface that overlaps the same IP subnet or address configured on another interface only if the interfaces are assigned to different VRFs. If you assign two interfaces to the same VRF, you cannot configure overlapping IP subnets or the same IP address to them.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. To export all the routes corresponding to a source VRF, you can use the ip route-export tag command without specifying the route-map attribute. This action exposes source VRF routes to various other VRFs, which then import these routes using the ip route-import tag command.
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. It is possible to configure multiple import conditions per VRF depending on the exporting VRF. The export-target and import-target support only the match protocol and match prefix-list options. Other options that are configured in the route-maps are ignored. ● ip route-export – exports routes to another VRF.
You can expose a unique set of routes from the source VRF for leaking to other VRFs. When two VRFs leak or export routes, there is no option to discretely filter leaked routes from each source VRF. For example, you cannot import one set of routes from one VRF and another set of routes from another VRF. Only active routes are eligible for leaking. For example, if one VRF has two routes corresponding to BGP and OSPF, in which the BGP route is not active, the OSPF route takes precedence over BGP.
match source-protocol Specify matching source-protocol criteria while exporting or importing routes. Syntax Parameters match source-protocol {bgp | isis | ospf | connected | static} bgp Enter the keyword bgp to leak or share routes corresponding to the BGP protocol. isis Enter the keyword isis to leak or share routes corresponding to the ISIS protocol. ospf Enter the keyword ospf to leak or share routes corresponding to the OSPF protocol.
route-map Enter the name of the route-map to specify the filtering criteria for imported routes. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.
maximum dynamic-routes Specify the maximum number of dynamic (protocol) routes a VRF can have. Syntax maximum dynamic-routes limit {warn-threshold threshold-value | warningonly} To remove the limit on the maximum number of routes used, use the no maximum dynamic-routes command. Parameters limit Maximum number of routes allowed in a VRF. The valid range is from 1 to 16,000 (or maximum allowable for that platform if a smaller value).
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
61 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
back-up destination Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the management interface on the remote VLT peer used as the VLT backup link endpoint for sending out-of-band (OOB) hello messages. Syntax Parameters Defaults back-up destination {[ipv4–address] | [ipv6 ipv6–address] [interval seconds]} ipv4–address Enter the IPv4 address of the backup destination. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format.
ndp Clear the VLT statistics for NDP. Command Modes EXEC Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4820T, S4810, S6000, S5000, Z9000, S6000–ON and Z9500. To abort the VLT delay restore timer value as the maximum threshold, during reload, apply the maximum time interval to the hold-down ICL peer-up in the start-up configurations.
ungrouped LACP port-channel to inherit VLAN membership of that port channel. This ensures untagged VLT peer device packets reach the DHCP server on the ToR. To ungroup the VLT and port-channel configurations, use the no lacp ungroup member independent command on a VLT port channel. If you reboot both VLT peers in BMP mode with static VLT LAGs, the DHCP server reply to the DHCP discover offer may not be forwarded by the ToR to the correct node.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. peer-link port-channel Configure the specified port channel as the chassis interconnect trunk between VLT peers in the domain.
peer-routing Enable Layer 3 (L3) VLT peer-routing. This command is applicable for both IPv6 and IPv4 interfaces. Syntax peer-routing To disable L3 VLT peer-routing, use the no peer-routing command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for default value on the S-Series and Z-Series. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the support for IPV6 / IPV4. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
the primary and secondary roles before the election process, use the primary-priority command. Enter a lower value on the primary peer and a higher value on the secondary peer. If the primary peer fails, the secondary peer (with the higher priority) takes the primary role. If the primary peer (with the lower priority) later comes back online, it is assigned the secondary role (there is no preemption). show vlt brief Displays summarized status information about VLT domains configured on the switch.
Multicast peer-routing timeout: 150 seconds DellEMC# show vlt backup-link Displays information about the backup link operation. Syntax show vlt backup-link Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
Default interface Enter the keyword interface to display the interface counter information for the VLT. mac Enter the keyword mac to display the MAC address counter information for the VLT. ndp Enter the keyword ndp to display the VLT counter information for NDP. Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information Example Example (igmpsnoop) Example (igmpsnoop interface port-channel) This guide is platform-specific.
IGMP Mcast Groups count Ve Example (NDP and Non-VLT ARP) : 0 DellEMC#show vlt counters Total VLT Counters ------------------L2 Total MAC-Address Count: Total Arp Entries Learnt : Total Arp Entries Synced : Total Non-VLT Arp entries Learnt: Total Non-VLT Arp Entries Synced IGMP MRouter Vlans count : IGMP Mcast Groups count : Total VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total VLT Ndp Entries Synced : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Synced : 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 show vlt detail Displays detaile
show vlt inconsistency Display run-time inconsistencies in the incoming interface (IIF) for spanned multicast routes (mroutes). Syntax show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Command Modes EXEC Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced support for Q-in-Q implementation over VLT on the S-Series and ZSeries. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
Vlan-stack protocol-type -----------------------Local ----0x4100 Peer ---0x8100 VLT-VLAN config --------------Local Lag --------128 Peer Lag Local VLANs -------- ----------128 4094 Peer VLANs ---------100 DellEMC# show vlt private-vlan Display the private VLAN (PVLAN) associated with the VLT LAG for VLT peer nodes. Syntax show vlt private-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device. Syntax show vlt role Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
Default domain Enter the keyword domain to display the domain VLT statistics. igmp-snoop Enter the keywords igmp-snoop to display the IGMP snooping VLT statistics. mac Enter the keyword mac to display the VLT MAC addresses VLT statistics. multicast Enter the keyword multicast to display the multicast VLT statistics. ndp Enter the keyword ndp to display the NDP VLT statistics. Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History Related Commands Example This guide is platform-specific.
VLT Igmp-Snooping Statistics ------------------------------IGMP Info Pkts sent: 4 IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 IGMP Reg Request sent: 1 IGMP Reg Request rcvd: 2 IGMP Reg Response sent: 1 IGMP Reg Response rcvd: 1 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt sent: 5 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd: 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 VLT Multicast Statistics ------------------------------Info Pkts Sent: 4 Info Pkts Rcvd: 2 Reg Request Sent: 2 Reg Request Rcvd: 2 Reg Response Sent: 1 Reg Response Rcvd: 0 Route updates sent to P
Example Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell_VLTpeer1#show vlt statistics igmp-snoop VLT Igmp-Snooping Statistics ------------------------------IGMP Info Pkts sent: 4 IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 IGMP Reg Request sent: 1 IGMP Reg Request rcvd: 2 IGMP Reg Response sent: 1 IGMP Reg Response rcvd: 1 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt sent:5 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd:10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 system-mac Reconfigure the default MAC address for the domain.
Parameters Defaults 0|1 Configure the default unit ID of a VLT peer switch. Enter 0 for the first peer. Enter 1 for the second peer. Automatically assigned based on the MAC address of each VLT peer. The peer with the lower MAC address is assigned unit 0; the peer with the higher MAC address is assigned unit 1. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The VLT domain ID must be the same between the two VLT devices.
62 VLT Proxy Gateway The virtual link trucking (VLT) proxy gateway feature allows a VLT domain to locally terminate and route L3 packets that are destined to a Layer 3 (L3) end point in another VLT domain. Enable the VLT proxy gateway using the link layer discover protocol (LLDP) method or the static configuration. For more information, see the Command Line Reference Guide.
proxy-gateway static Enables the proxy-gateway feature using static configurations. Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. You must configure the VLT port channel interface which is connecting to the remote VLT domain as peer-domain-link.
vlt-peer-mac transmit Enables the device to transmit the peer MAC address along with its own MAC address in LLDP TLV packets to the remote VLT domain. Syntax [no] vlt-peer-mac transmit Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. The proxy-gateway feature may go operationally down for any of the following reasons: ● ● ● ● LLDP is globally disabled.
63 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell EMC Networking OS. Topics: • • IPv4 VRRP Commands IPv6 VRRP Commands IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds.
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell EMC Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges.
Usage Information The system encrypts the password and the show config command displays the encrypted text string. clear counters vrrp Clear the counters maintained on VRRP operations. Z9500 Syntax clear counters vrrp [vrrp-id] [ipv6] Parameters vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of the VRRP group ID to clear the group’s counters. The range is from 1 to 255. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to clear counters from the IPv6 VRRP group.
● For ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port/[subport] - slot/port/ [subport]. For example, if you want to clear the port configurations corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as clear counters interfaces interfacetype 1/1/1 - 1/1/4. debug vrrp Enable VRRP debugging.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you do not specify an option, debug is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. description Configure a short text string describing the VRRP group. Syntax description text To delete a VRRP group description, use the no description command.
disable Disable a VRRP group. Syntax disable To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, use the no disable command. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. priority Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. The VRRP protocol uses this value during the MASTER election process.
Usage Information To guarantee that a VRRP group becomes MASTER, configure the VRRP group’s virtual address with same IP address as the interface’s primary IP address and change the priority of the VRRP group to 255. If you set the priority command to 255 and the virtual-address is not equal to the interface’s primary IP address, an error message appears. show config View the non-default VRRP configuration.
show vrrp View the VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell EMC Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show vrrp [vrrp-id][brief][interface type][ipv6][interface type][vrf vrfname] vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the virtual router identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information about the VRRP groups.
Usage Information Example (Brief) Usage Information The following describes the show vrrp brief command. Item Description Interface Lists the interface type, slot, and port of the configured VRRP group. Grp Displays the VRRP group ID. Pri Displays the priority value assigned to the interface. If you configured the track command to track that interface and you disable the interface, the cost is subtracted from the priority value assigned to the interface.
Item Description Authentication:... States whether authentication is configured for the VRRP group. If it is configured, this lists the authentication type and password. Tracking states.. Example Displays if the track command is configured on an interface. Also displays the following information about the tracked interface: ● Dn or Up states whether the interface is down or up. ● The interface type slot/port information. DellEMC> show vrrp -----------------TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, VRID: 1, Net: 10.1.1.
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
Usage Information This command applies to a single interface. When you use this command with the vrrp delay reload command, the later timer rules VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and vrrp delay minimum is 300: ● When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP.
vrrp-group Assign a VRRP ID to an interface. You can configure up to 12 VRRP groups per interface. Syntax Parameters Defaults vrrp-group vrrp-id vrrp-id Enter a number as the group ID. The range is from 1 to 255. Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.
● show config ● virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. Syntax clear counters vrrp ipv6 [vrid | vrf vrf-name] Parameters vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group; range is from 1 to 255. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a VRF instance to clear the counters of all IPv6 VRRP groups in the specified VRF. The maximum is 32 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
debug vrrp ipv6 Enable VRRP debugging. Syntax Parameters debug vrrp ipv6 interface [vrid] {all | packets | state | timer} interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel, and then a number.
show vrrp ipv6 View the active IPv6 VRRP groups. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell EMC Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group. Syntax show vrrp ipv6 [vrid] [interface] [brief] [vrf vrf-name] Parameters vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the virtual router identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255.
Line starting with Description ● master (MASTER virtual router) ● backup (BACKUP virtual router) Also displays the interface’s priority and IP address of the MASTER. Hold Down:... Displays additional VRRP configuration information: ● Hold Down displays the hold down timer interval in seconds. ● Preempt displays TRUE if preempt is configured and FALSE if preempt is not configured. ● AdvInt displays the Advertise Interval in seconds. Adv rcvd:...
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.4.2.
64 X.509v3 X.509v3 is a standard for public key infrastructure (PKI) to manage digital certificates and public key encryption. This standard specifies a format for public-key certificates or digital certificates. Dell EMC Networking OS supports X.509v3 standards.
crypto ca-cert install Downloads and installs the certificate of a Certificate Authority (CA) on to the device. Syntax crypto ca-cert install path Parameters Defaults path Enter the path where the CA certificate is available for download. The format that you use to specify the location of the CA certificate also includes the protocol that is used to contact the CA.
● secadmin The certificate matching the current FIPS state is deleted. If the system is in FIPS mode, the FIPS certificate is deleted. If the system is in non-FIPS mode, the non-FIPS certificate is deleted. Before deleting the system’s trusted certificate, the system prompts you to specify whether to proceed with deletion. If you proceed, the system deletes the certificate and also the private key.
email email- address Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword email followed a valid email address used for communication with the organization. validity days (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword validity followed by the number of days for which the certificate is valid. NOTE: For CSRs, validity has no effect. For self-signed certificates, if validity is not specified, it defaults to 3650 days, or 10 years. length length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword length followed by a bit length value.
Parameters cert-file Enter the keyword cert-file to specify that the certificate needs to be downloaded. cert-path Enter the path where the certificate is locally stored. The path can be a full path or a relative path. If the system accepts this path, a notification is sent indicating the location where the certificate file is stored. Following are example of a path that you can specify: flash://certs/s4810-001-request.crtand usbflash:/certs/s4810-001-cert.
If the system is in non-FIPS mode, the certificate will be installed as the non-FIPS certificate. When FIPS mode is enabled/disabled, the certificates (and keys) are switched by the system. Related Commands ● crypto ca-cert install crypto x509 ocsp Configures the OCSP behavior. Syntax crypto x509 ocsp [nonce] [sign-requests] Parameters Defaults nonce Enter the keyword nonce to use the nonce feature for the OCSP requests to OCSP responder communication.
Command Modes ● CONFIGURATION Mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command: Related Commands Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command.
tcp Enter the keyword tcp to enable TCP. udp Enter the keyword udp to enable UDP. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. sha1 fingerprint Enter the keyword sha1 followed by the finger print. This option is only available when the secure option is configured. This new option enables the Syslog feature to compare the received certificate’s sha-1 fingerprint against this configured sha-1 fingerprint.
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command. The following RBAC roles are allowed to issue this command: ● sysadmin ● secadmin When you use this command, the device maps the current certificate context in the certificate store to a CA certificate through the subject key identifier field. The subject key identifier field contains the SHA-1 hash of the CA’s public key. This configuration provides a way to uniquely identify a CA and associate it with any CA-specific settings.
Related Commands ● crypto x509 ocsp ocsp-server prefer Configures OCSP responder preference. You can configure the preference or order that the CA or a device should follow while contacting multiple OCSP responders. Syntax ocsp-server prefer Defaults None. Command Modes CERTIFICATE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show crypto cert Displays the certificate information that is specified. Syntax Parameters Defaults show crypto cert {path} path (OPTIONAL) Enter the path to a local file where a certificate chain is stored in PEM format. If a path is not specified, display the certificate that is currently installed on the system. None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.